US20110076615A1 - Actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition and method of forming pattern using the composition - Google Patents
Actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition and method of forming pattern using the composition Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20110076615A1 US20110076615A1 US12/895,300 US89530010A US2011076615A1 US 20110076615 A1 US20110076615 A1 US 20110076615A1 US 89530010 A US89530010 A US 89530010A US 2011076615 A1 US2011076615 A1 US 2011076615A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- group
- radiation
- actinic
- general formula
- ray
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Granted
Links
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 79
- 239000011342 resin composition Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 57
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims description 18
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title description 66
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 142
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims abstract description 140
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 91
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 90
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims abstract description 61
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 58
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims abstract description 54
- 125000000962 organic group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 16
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 125000005156 substituted alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 4
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 125
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 claims description 116
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 claims description 116
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 73
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 46
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 claims description 42
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 32
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 claims description 26
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 claims description 15
- 125000000732 arylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000002993 cycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- -1 poly(hydroxystyrene) Polymers 0.000 description 128
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 93
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 79
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 75
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 70
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 69
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 50
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 46
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 43
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 41
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 39
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 36
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 31
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 31
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 30
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 30
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 28
- WGTYBPLFGIVFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetramethylammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].C[N+](C)(C)C WGTYBPLFGIVFAS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 28
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 28
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 26
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 26
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 25
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 24
- VMJFYMAHEGJHFH-UHFFFAOYSA-M triphenylsulfanium;bromide Chemical compound [Br-].C1=CC=CC=C1[S+](C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 VMJFYMAHEGJHFH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 23
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 22
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 22
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 22
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 21
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 20
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 17
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 17
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 description 16
- 150000007514 bases Chemical class 0.000 description 16
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 16
- 101710148027 Ribulose bisphosphate carboxylase/oxygenase activase 1, chloroplastic Proteins 0.000 description 15
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 15
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 15
- MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butyllithium Chemical compound [Li]CCCC MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 14
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 14
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 13
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 125000002868 norbornyl group Chemical group C12(CCC(CC1)C2)* 0.000 description 13
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen sulfide Chemical class S RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 12
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 12
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 11
- 101710201629 Ribulose bisphosphate carboxylase/oxygenase activase 2, chloroplastic Proteins 0.000 description 11
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical class [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 11
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 11
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 11
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 11
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 10
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 10
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 10
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 9
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 8
- FFUAGWLWBBFQJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethyldisilazane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)N[Si](C)(C)C FFUAGWLWBBFQJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 8
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 125000000101 thioether group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- XLLXMBCBJGATSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenylethenol Chemical compound OC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 XLLXMBCBJGATSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000012295 chemical reaction liquid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000000000 cycloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 7
- 125000001033 ether group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 7
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 7
- WAMFJXQPJPAGHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromo-1,3,5-tricyclohexylbenzene Chemical compound BrC1=C(C2CCCCC2)C=C(C2CCCCC2)C=C1C1CCCCC1 WAMFJXQPJPAGHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- XPDWGBQVDMORPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluoroform Chemical compound FC(F)F XPDWGBQVDMORPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 6
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 6
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol Natural products OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000000816 ethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 6
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 6
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229920003986 novolac Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000000951 phenoxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 6
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- JHHBILFKAVPGAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,2,2,3,3-hexafluoropropane-1,3-disulfonyl fluoride Chemical compound FS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)S(F)(=O)=O JHHBILFKAVPGAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical group [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical group [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000005194 alkoxycarbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000006598 aminocarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 5
- 229940125904 compound 1 Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 229940125782 compound 2 Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 229940126214 compound 3 Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 125000000686 lactone group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 5
- JESXATFQYMPTNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N mono-hydroxyphenyl-ethylene Natural products OC1=CC=CC=C1C=C JESXATFQYMPTNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000005702 oxyalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000000383 tetramethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 5
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- UUAIOYWXCDLHKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-tricyclohexylphenol Chemical compound OC1=C(C2CCCCC2)C=C(C2CCCCC2)C=C1C1CCCCC1 UUAIOYWXCDLHKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YEJRWHAVMIAJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Butyrolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCO1 YEJRWHAVMIAJKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004656 alkyl sulfonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004657 aryl sulfonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 4
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 description 4
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000006165 cyclic alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCC1 JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 4
- LZCLXQDLBQLTDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(C)O LZCLXQDLBQLTDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- CATSNJVOTSVZJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptan-2-one Chemical compound CCCCCC(C)=O CATSNJVOTSVZJV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- CBOIHMRHGLHBPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxymethyl Chemical compound O[CH2] CBOIHMRHGLHBPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 4
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 4
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- 150000004010 onium ions Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenol group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)O ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000000843 phenylene group Chemical group C1(=C(C=CC=C1)*)* 0.000 description 4
- 229920002120 photoresistant polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 4
- VDZOOKBUILJEDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC VDZOOKBUILJEDG-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N urethane group Chemical group NC(=O)OCC JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene Chemical group C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000004293 19F NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical group [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical group C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N,N',N'-tetramethylethylenediamine Chemical compound CN(C)CCN(C)C KWYHDKDOAIKMQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical group C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004466 alkoxycarbonylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005079 alkoxycarbonylmethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000005161 aryl oxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004391 aryl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000004858 cycloalkoxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005170 cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005144 cycloalkylsulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Natural products C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 125000004184 methoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 3
- 125000005246 nonafluorobutyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000005010 perfluoroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007261 regionalization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 3
- 125000003944 tolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- WLOQLWBIJZDHET-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylsulfonium Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1[S+](C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 WLOQLWBIJZDHET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000012953 triphenylsulfonium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N (+)-borneol Chemical group C1C[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CWKAHBFIFQDUHH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoro-3-hydroxypropane-1-sulfonate;triphenylsulfanium Chemical compound OCC(F)(F)C(F)(F)S([O-])(=O)=O.C1=CC=CC=C1[S+](C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 CWKAHBFIFQDUHH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- SGUVLZREKBPKCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-non-5-ene Chemical compound C1CCN=C2CCCN21 SGUVLZREKBPKCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound COCC(C)O ARXJGSRGQADJSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KWKAKUADMBZCLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-octene Chemical group CCCCCCC=C KWKAKUADMBZCLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YIHXQSQQJBEAKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-difluoro-2-fluorosulfonylacetyl fluoride Chemical compound FC(=O)C(F)(F)S(F)(=O)=O YIHXQSQQJBEAKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GQHTUMJGOHRCHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3,4,6,7,8,9,10-octahydropyrimido[1,2-a]azepine Chemical compound C1CCCCN2CCCN=C21 GQHTUMJGOHRCHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RNIPJYFZGXJSDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,5-triphenyl-1h-imidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=NC(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)N1 RNIPJYFZGXJSDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1CCN SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QGHDLJAZIIFENW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-(4-hydroxy-3-prop-2-enylphenyl)propan-2-yl]-2-prop-2-enylphenol Chemical group C1=C(CC=C)C(O)=CC=C1C(C(F)(F)F)(C(F)(F)F)C1=CC=C(O)C(CC=C)=C1 QGHDLJAZIIFENW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylamine Chemical compound CCN QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000006179 O-acylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010934 O-alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical group C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000004115 Sodium Silicate Substances 0.000 description 2
- WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium methoxide Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C WQDUMFSSJAZKTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001334 alicyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000007824 aliphatic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005103 alkyl silyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003321 amplification Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000005577 anthracene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005428 anthryl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C3C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C3=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- VEQOALNAAJBPNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N antipyrine Chemical group CN1C(C)=CC(=O)N1C1=CC=CC=C1 VEQOALNAAJBPNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005162 aryl oxy carbonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000006347 bis(trifluoromethyl)hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC(*)(C(F)(F)F)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 2
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Chemical compound BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QDHFHIQKOVNCNC-UHFFFAOYSA-M butane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound CCCCS([O-])(=O)=O QDHFHIQKOVNCNC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000002933 cyclohexyloxy group Chemical group C1(CCCCC1)O* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001887 cyclopentyloxy group Chemical group C1(CCCC1)O* 0.000 description 2
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 2
- JQVDAXLFBXTEQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibutylamine Chemical compound CCCCNCCCC JQVDAXLFBXTEQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000001352 electron-beam projection lithography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000005745 ethoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 229940116333 ethyl lactate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000006203 ethylation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006200 ethylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000005227 gel permeation chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000004836 hexamethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 2
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical class I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007069 methylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- SXKLNBJCHYEPDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-difluorosulfamoyl fluoride Chemical compound FN(F)S(F)(=O)=O SXKLNBJCHYEPDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000006606 n-butoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003506 n-propoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004957 naphthylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004923 naphthylmethyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)C* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000003199 nucleic acid amplification method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004817 pentamethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000005004 perfluoroethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000005007 perfluorooctyl group Chemical group FC(C(C(C(C(C(C(C(F)(F)F)(F)F)(F)F)(F)F)(F)F)(F)F)(F)F)(F)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000005008 perfluoropentyl group Chemical group FC(C(C(C(C(F)(F)F)(F)F)(F)F)(F)F)(F)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000005009 perfluoropropyl group Chemical group FC(C(C(F)(F)F)(F)F)(F)* 0.000 description 2
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000003356 phenylsulfanyl group Chemical group [*]SC1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 239000003504 photosensitizing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 2
- WGYKZJWCGVVSQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylamine Chemical compound CCCN WGYKZJWCGVVSQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene glycol methyl ether acetate Chemical compound COCC(C)OC(C)=O LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000003808 silyl group Chemical group [H][Si]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 2
- NTHWMYGWWRZVTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium silicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-][Si]([O-])=O NTHWMYGWWRZVTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052911 sodium silicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000004528 spin coating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001273 sulfonato group Chemical group [O-]S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- 125000000542 sulfonic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000003460 sulfonic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 2
- RAOIDOHSFRTOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrothiophene Chemical group C1CCSC1 RAOIDOHSFRTOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N urea group Chemical group NC(=O)N XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004304 visual acuity Effects 0.000 description 2
- BCXZHJUPVFTVPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,4,5-tricyclohexylphenyl)methanamine Chemical compound C1CCCCC1C=1C=C(C2CCCCC2)C(CN)=CC=1C1CCCCC1 BCXZHJUPVFTVPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YSWBUABBMRVQAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-nitrophenyl)methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1[N+]([O-])=O YSWBUABBMRVQAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JHPBZFOKBAGZBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-hydroxy-2,2,4-trimethylpentyl) 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(C)C(O)C(C)(C)COC(=O)C(C)=C JHPBZFOKBAGZBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BYEAHWXPCBROCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoropropan-2-ol Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(O)C(F)(F)F BYEAHWXPCBROCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GVONCOQCCRXMCN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 1,1,2-trifluoro-4-hydroxybutane-1-sulfonate;triphenylsulfanium Chemical compound OCCC(F)C(F)(F)S([O-])(=O)=O.C1=CC=CC=C1[S+](C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 GVONCOQCCRXMCN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-triazine Chemical compound C1=CN=NN=C1 JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004955 1,4-cyclohexylene group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- FLBAYUMRQUHISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,8-naphthyridine Chemical group N1=CC=CC2=CC=CN=C21 FLBAYUMRQUHISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJLUATLTXUNBOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Hexadecylamine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCN FJLUATLTXUNBOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JPZYXGPCHFZBHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-aminopentadecane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCN JPZYXGPCHFZBHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzofuran Chemical group C1=CC=C2OC=CC2=C1 IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DIYFBIOUBFTQJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-phenyl-2-sulfanylethanone Chemical group SCC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 DIYFBIOUBFTQJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-benzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=C1 HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004206 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- XEFHPXOAEUCTLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoro-3-fluorosulfonylpropanoyl fluoride Chemical compound FC(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)S(F)(=O)=O XEFHPXOAEUCTLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YQTCQNIPQMJNTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylpropan-1-one Chemical group CC(C)(C)[C]=O YQTCQNIPQMJNTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- REJGDSCBQPJPQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-tri-tert-butylaniline Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=C(N)C(C(C)(C)C)=C1 REJGDSCBQPJPQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CUODPAQKTUFJEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-tricyclohexylaniline Chemical compound NC1=C(C2CCCCC2)C=C(C2CCCCC2)C=C1C1CCCCC1 CUODPAQKTUFJEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKBALTUBRZPIPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-di(propan-2-yl)aniline Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC=CC(C(C)C)=C1N WKBALTUBRZPIPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XGLVDUUYFKXKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-n,n-bis[2-(2-methoxyethoxy)ethyl]ethanamine Chemical compound COCCOCCN(CCOCCOC)CCOCCOC XGLVDUUYFKXKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XSRYIMDMSWGPRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(chloromethyl)-1,3,5-tricyclohexylbenzene Chemical compound ClCC1=C(C2CCCCC2)C=C(C2CCCCC2)C=C1C1CCCCC1 XSRYIMDMSWGPRD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KZTWONRVIPPDKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(piperidin-1-yl)ethanol Chemical compound OCCN1CCCCC1 KZTWONRVIPPDKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OJPDDQSCZGTACX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[n-(2-hydroxyethyl)anilino]ethanol Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)C1=CC=CC=C1 OJPDDQSCZGTACX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXGVMFHEKMGWMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzofuran Chemical group C1=CC=CC2=COC=C21 UXGVMFHEKMGWMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUMMYHVKFAHQST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromo-1,3,5-tri(propan-2-yl)benzene Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC(C(C)C)=C(Br)C(C(C)C)=C1 FUMMYHVKFAHQST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KOGIVKWOBHXSBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-bromo-1,3-dicyclohexylbenzene Chemical compound BrC1=C(C2CCCCC2)C=CC=C1C1CCCCC1 KOGIVKWOBHXSBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004200 2-methoxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- DWYHDSLIWMUSOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenyl-1h-benzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=NC2=CC=CC=C2N1 DWYHDSLIWMUSOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004336 3,3-dimethylpentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- PYSRRFNXTXNWCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(2-phenylethenyl)furan-2,5-dione Chemical compound O=C1OC(=O)C(C=CC=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 PYSRRFNXTXNWCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YNGIFMKMDRDNBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-ethenylphenol Chemical group OC1=CC=CC(C=C)=C1 YNGIFMKMDRDNBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001255 4-fluorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1F 0.000 description 1
- 125000002471 4H-quinolizinyl group Chemical group C=1(C=CCN2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- DLFKJPZBBCZWOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-methyl-n,n-bis(8-methylnonyl)nonan-1-amine Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCN(CCCCCCCC(C)C)CCCCCCCC(C)C DLFKJPZBBCZWOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LPEKGGXMPWTOCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8beta-(2,3-epoxy-2-methylbutyryloxy)-14-acetoxytithifolin Natural products COC(=O)C(C)O LPEKGGXMPWTOCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RLFWWDJHLFCNIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aminoantipyrine Natural products CN1C(C)=C(N)C(=O)N1C1=CC=CC=C1 RLFWWDJHLFCNIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyl acetate Natural products CCCCOC(C)=O DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine Chemical compound ClCl KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KMTRUDSVKNLOMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene carbonate Chemical compound O=C1OCCO1 KMTRUDSVKNLOMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-dimethylaminoethanol Chemical compound CN(C)CCO UEEJHVSXFDXPFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910004727 OSO3H Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- REYJJPSVUYRZGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Octadecylamine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCN REYJJPSVUYRZGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052581 Si3N4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920000147 Styrene maleic anhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- PLZVEHJLHYMBBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetradecylamine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCN PLZVEHJLHYMBBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical group C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical group C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- HXGDTGSAIMULJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N acenaphthylene Chemical group C1=CC(C=C2)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 HXGDTGSAIMULJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004036 acetal group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000006640 acetylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003668 acetyloxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)O[*] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004018 acid anhydride group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003377 acid catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000641 acridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005042 acyloxymethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N adamantane Chemical group C1C(C2)CC3CC1CC2C3 ORILYTVJVMAKLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003172 aldehyde group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004849 alkoxymethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001346 alkyl aryl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005196 alkyl carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005599 alkyl carboxylate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005907 alkyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000005215 alkyl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004644 alkyl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005377 alkyl thioxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ammonia Natural products N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O ammonium group Chemical group [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 125000002490 anilino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005098 aryl alkoxy carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005135 aryl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005165 aryl thioxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005200 aryloxy carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000656 azaniumyl group Chemical group [H][N+]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003828 azulenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzarone Chemical compound CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FYGUSUBEMUKACF-UHFFFAOYSA-N bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-ene-5-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1C2C(C(=O)O)CC1C=C2 FYGUSUBEMUKACF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006267 biphenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RSOILICUEWXSLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethylpiperidin-4-yl) decanedioate Chemical compound C1C(C)(C)N(C)C(C)(C)CC1OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC1CC(C)(C)N(C)C(C)(C)C1 RSOILICUEWXSLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004369 butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000005569 butenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004106 butoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004744 butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004063 butyryl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000609 carbazolyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006297 carbonyl amino group Chemical group [H]N([*:2])C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000006315 carbonylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005810 carbonylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005708 carbonyloxy group Chemical group [*:2]OC([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001733 carboxylic acid esters Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- SVURIXNDRWRAFU-OGMFBOKVSA-N cedrol Chemical group C1[C@]23[C@H](C)CC[C@H]3C(C)(C)[C@@H]1[C@@](O)(C)CC2 SVURIXNDRWRAFU-OGMFBOKVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012986 chain transfer agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-OELDTZBJSA-N cholic acid Chemical class C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 BHQCQFFYRZLCQQ-OELDTZBJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002812 cholic acid derivative Substances 0.000 description 1
- QZHPTGXQGDFGEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromene Chemical group C1=CC=C2C=C[CH]OC2=C1 QZHPTGXQGDFGEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005578 chrysene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940125898 compound 5 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ONCCWDRMOZMNSM-FBCQKBJTSA-N compound Z Chemical compound N1=C2C(=O)NC(N)=NC2=NC=C1C(=O)[C@H]1OP(O)(=O)OC[C@H]1O ONCCWDRMOZMNSM-FBCQKBJTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000007334 copolymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003997 cyclic ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004956 cyclohexylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- MAWOHFOSAIXURX-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentylcyclopentane Chemical group C1CCCC1C1CCCC1 MAWOHFOSAIXURX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004979 cyclopentylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960002887 deanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004855 decalinyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC2CCCCC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000012954 diazonium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001989 diazonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QVQGTNFYPJQJNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N dicyclohexylmethanamine Chemical compound C1CCCCC1C(N)C1CCCCC1 QVQGTNFYPJQJNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012972 dimethylethanolamine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002228 disulfide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ODQWQRRAPPTVAG-GZTJUZNOSA-N doxepin Chemical compound C1OC2=CC=CC=C2C(=C/CCN(C)C)/C2=CC=CC=C21 ODQWQRRAPPTVAG-GZTJUZNOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001312 dry etching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- UHKJHMOIRYZSTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-ethoxypropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(C)C(=O)OCC UHKJHMOIRYZSTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003983 fluorenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3CC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002192 heptalenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004470 heterocyclooxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-M hexanoate Chemical compound CCCCCC([O-])=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000006038 hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005980 hexynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000717 hydrazino group Chemical group [H]N([*])N([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000004679 hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- AQYSYJUIMQTRMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hypofluorous acid Chemical group FO AQYSYJUIMQTRMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005462 imide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003454 indenyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002510 isobutoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004491 isohexyl group Chemical group C(CCC(C)C)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001459 lithography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 1
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000113 methacrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940057867 methyl lactate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000011987 methylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004170 methylsulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- FZPXKEPZZOEPGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dibutylaniline Chemical compound CCCCN(CCCC)C1=CC=CC=C1 FZPXKEPZZOEPGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COFKFSSWMQHKMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-didecyldecan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCN(CCCCCCCCCC)CCCCCCCCCC COFKFSSWMQHKMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGYRVXQIGUEFFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dihexylaniline Chemical compound CCCCCCN(CCCCCC)C1=CC=CC=C1 DGYRVXQIGUEFFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YWFWDNVOPHGWMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethyldodecan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCN(C)C YWFWDNVOPHGWMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MMWFTWUMBYZIRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dimethylundecan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCN(C)C MMWFTWUMBYZIRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XTAZYLNFDRKIHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dioctyloctan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCN(CCCCCCCC)CCCCCCCC XTAZYLNFDRKIHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OOHAUGDGCWURIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-dipentylpentan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCN(CCCCC)CCCCC OOHAUGDGCWURIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GMTCPFCMAHMEMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-decyldecan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCNCCCCCCCCCC GMTCPFCMAHMEMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GNVRJGIVDSQCOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-ethyl-n-methylethanamine Chemical compound CCN(C)CC GNVRJGIVDSQCOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003136 n-heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- VFLWKHBYVIUAMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-methyl-n-octadecyloctadecan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCN(C)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC VFLWKHBYVIUAMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SZEGKVHRCLBFKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-methyloctadecan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCNC SZEGKVHRCLBFKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- QVEIBLDXZNGPHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-1,4-dione;diazide Chemical compound [N-]=[N+]=[N-].[N-]=[N+]=[N-].C1=CC=C2C(=O)C=CC(=O)C2=C1 QVEIBLDXZNGPHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005485 noradamantyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UMRZSTCPUPJPOJ-KNVOCYPGSA-N norbornane Chemical group C1C[C@H]2CC[C@@H]1C2 UMRZSTCPUPJPOJ-KNVOCYPGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001820 oxy group Chemical group [*:1]O[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005582 pentacene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006340 pentafluoro ethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000538 pentafluorophenyl group Chemical group FC1=C(F)C(F)=C(*)C(F)=C1F 0.000 description 1
- GUVXZFRDPCKWEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentalene group Chemical group C1=CC=C2C=CC=C12 GUVXZFRDPCKWEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004115 pentoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- JGTNAGYHADQMCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N perfluorobutanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F JGTNAGYHADQMCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005459 perfluorocyclohexyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005005 perfluorohexyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002080 perylenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=C2C=CC=C3C4=CC=CC5=CC=CC(C1=C23)=C45)* 0.000 description 1
- YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthrene Chemical group C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthridine Chemical group C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=NC2=C1 RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001791 phenazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229960005222 phenazone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001484 phenothiazinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- GJSGGHOYGKMUPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenoxathiine Chemical group C1=CC=C2OC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 GJSGGHOYGKMUPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006678 phenoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000286 phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 150000004714 phosphonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001476 phosphono group Chemical group [H]OP(*)(=O)O[H] 0.000 description 1
- LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalazine Chemical group C1=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005592 polycycloalkyl group Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003505 polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003141 primary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006410 propenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001501 propionyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002572 propoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene carbonate Chemical compound CC1COC(=O)O1 RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002568 propynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical group C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940079877 pyrogallol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CCCN1 HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003242 quaternary ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon nitride Chemical compound N12[Si]34N5[Si]62N3[Si]51N64 HQVNEWCFYHHQES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052814 silicon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004469 siloxy group Chemical group [SiH3]O* 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019795 sodium metasilicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003003 spiro group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005420 sulfonamido group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(N*)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004213 tert-butoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(O*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- XTXNWQHMMMPKKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 2-phenylethenyl carbonate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)OC=CC1=CC=CC=C1 XTXNWQHMMMPKKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001973 tert-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000008027 tertiary esters Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000005622 tetraalkylammonium hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001935 tetracenyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=CC3=CC4=CC=CC=C4C=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 229940073455 tetraethylammonium hydroxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LRGJRHZIDJQFCL-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetraethylazanium;hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].CC[N+](CC)(CC)CC LRGJRHZIDJQFCL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000005708 tetrahydropyranylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001187 thermosetting polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiadiazole Chemical compound C1=CSN=N1.C1=CSN=N1 VLLMWSRANPNYQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GVIJJXMXTUZIOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N thianthrene Chemical group C1=CC=C2SC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 GVIJJXMXTUZIOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VOVUARRWDCVURC-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiirane Chemical compound C1CS1 VOVUARRWDCVURC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930192474 thiophene Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000005628 tolylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004665 trialkylsilyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylamine Chemical compound CCCCN(CCCC)CCCC IMFACGCPASFAPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N triflic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005580 triphenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003774 valeryl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001834 xanthenyl group Chemical group C1=CC=CC=2OC3=CC=CC=C3C(C12)* 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/0045—Photosensitive materials with organic non-macromolecular light-sensitive compounds not otherwise provided for, e.g. dissolution inhibitors
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/0046—Photosensitive materials with perfluoro compounds, e.g. for dry lithography
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/0047—Photosensitive materials characterised by additives for obtaining a metallic or ceramic pattern, e.g. by firing
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/027—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
- G03F7/028—Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/004—Photosensitive materials
- G03F7/039—Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
- G03F7/0392—Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition
- G03F7/0397—Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists the macromolecular compound being present in a chemically amplified positive photoresist composition the macromolecular compound having an alicyclic moiety in a side chain
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/027—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/027—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34
- H01L21/0271—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34 comprising organic layers
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10S—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10S430/00—Radiation imagery chemistry: process, composition, or product thereof
- Y10S430/1053—Imaging affecting physical property or radiation sensitive material, or producing nonplanar or printing surface - process, composition, or product: radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making binder containing
- Y10S430/1055—Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making
- Y10S430/114—Initiator containing
- Y10S430/12—Nitrogen compound containing
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10S—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10S430/00—Radiation imagery chemistry: process, composition, or product thereof
- Y10S430/1053—Imaging affecting physical property or radiation sensitive material, or producing nonplanar or printing surface - process, composition, or product: radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making binder containing
- Y10S430/1055—Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making
- Y10S430/114—Initiator containing
- Y10S430/122—Sulfur compound containing
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10S—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10S430/00—Radiation imagery chemistry: process, composition, or product thereof
- Y10S430/1053—Imaging affecting physical property or radiation sensitive material, or producing nonplanar or printing surface - process, composition, or product: radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making binder containing
- Y10S430/1055—Radiation sensitive composition or product or process of making
- Y10S430/114—Initiator containing
- Y10S430/126—Halogen compound containing
Definitions
- the present invention relates to an actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition that when exposed to actinic rays or radiation, makes a reaction to thereby change its properties and a method of forming a pattern using the composition. More particularly, the present invention relates to an actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition for use in a semiconductor production process for an IC or the like, the production of a liquid crystal, a thermal head or the like, the fabrication of a nanoimprint mold structure, other photofabrication processes, a lithographic printing plate and a thermosetting composition and also relates to a method of forming a pattern with the use of the composition.
- actinic rays and “radiation” mean, for example, brightline spectra from a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet, X-rays, electron beams and the like.
- light means actinic rays or radiation.
- a resist composition of chemical amplification type is a pattern forming material that is capable of, upon exposure to far ultraviolet or other radiation, generating an acid in exposed areas and, by a reaction catalyzed by the acid, changing the solubility in a developer between the areas having been exposed to actinic radiation and the nonexposed areas to thereby attain pattern formation on a substrate.
- a resin whose fundamental skeleton is composed of a poly(hydroxystyrene) exhibiting a low absorption mainly in the region of 248 nm is employed as a major component of a resist composition. Accordingly, there can be attained a high sensitivity, high resolution and favorable pattern formation. Thus, a system superior to the conventional naphthoquinone diazide/novolak resin system is realized.
- the roughness characteristic and resolution become serious in accordance with the reduction of the pattern dimension.
- the lithography using X-rays, electron beams or EUV as the formation of a fine pattern of several tens of nanometers is targeted, the demand for excelling in the resolution and roughness characteristic is especially strong.
- the above objects can be attained by using a novel compound capable of generating a strong acid whose diffusion is inhibited.
- An actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition comprising a compound that when exposed to actinic rays or radiation, generates any of acids of general formula (I) below,
- W 1 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group
- W 2 represents a bivalent connecting group
- W 3 represents an optionally substituted organic group having 15 or more carbon atoms
- Z represents a hydroxyl group or a fluoroalkylsulfonamido group having at least one fluorine atom introduced therein as a substituent.
- W 3 represents an optionally substituted organic group having 20 or more carbon atoms.
- W 1 represents an alkylene group containing at least one fluorine atom.
- each of Rf's independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, and x is an integer of 1 or greater,
- G represents a single bond, an alkylene group optionally containing an ether oxygen, a cycloalkylene group optionally containing an ether oxygen, an arylene group or a group composed of a combination of these, provided that combined groups may be linked to each other through an oxygen atom,
- Ar represents an aromatic ring optionally containing a heteroatom, in which a substituent other than -(A-B) groups may further be introduced,
- A represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group
- B represents a hydrocarbon group
- n is an integer of 1 or greater
- Z represents a hydroxyl group, or a fluoroalkylsulfonamido group having at least one fluorine atom introduced therein as a substituent
- L represents a bivalent connecting group
- y is an integer of 0 or greater, provided that -(L)y- does not represent —SO 2 —O—,
- Rf—C—Rf's, L's and A-B's may each be identical to or different from each other.
- B is a hydrocarbon group having 3 or more carbon atoms in which a tertiary or quaternary carbon atom is contained.
- n is an integer of 2 or greater.
- each of Rf's independently represents a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, and x is an integer of 1 or greater,
- G represents a single bond, an alkylene group optionally containing an ether oxygen, a cycloalkylene group optionally containing an ether oxygen, an arylene group or a group composed of a combination of these, provided that combined groups may be linked to each other through an oxygen atom,
- Ar represents an aromatic ring optionally containing a heteroatom, in which a substituent other than -(A-B) groups may further be introduced,
- A represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group
- B represents a hydrocarbon group
- n is an integer of 1 or greater
- Z represents a hydroxyl group, or a fluoroalkylsulfonamido group having at least one fluorine atom introduced therein as a substituent
- Rf—C—Rf's and A-B's may each be identical to or different from each other.
- the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any of items (1) to (13), further comprising a resin that when acted on by an acid, is decomposed to thereby increase its solubility in an alkali developer.
- the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any of items (1) to (13), further comprising a resin soluble in an alkali developer and an acid crosslinking agent capable of crosslinking with the resin soluble in an alkali developer under the action of an acid.
- a method of forming a pattern comprising forming the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any of items (1) to (15) into a film, exposing the film and developing the exposed film.
- the present invention has made it feasible to provide an actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition excelling in the sensitivity, resolution, roughness characteristic, pattern configuration, aging stability and outgas performance and to provide a method of forming a pattern using the composition.
- alkyl groups encompasses not only alkyls having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyls) but also alkyls having substituents (substituted alkyls).
- the present invention has been made on the basis of finding of compounds (acid generators, hereinafter also referred to as “acid generators (A1)”) that when exposed to actinic rays or radiation appropriate for an actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, generate novel acids of general formula (I).
- the photosensitive composition comprising any of the acid generators (A1) may be a positive or a negative actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
- the positive actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition (preferably, positive resist composition) of the present invention may comprise any of the acid generators (A1) and a resin (B) that when acted on by an acid, is decomposed to thereby increase its solubility in an alkali developer.
- the negative actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition (preferably, negative resist composition) of the present invention may comprise any of the acid generators (A1), a resin soluble in alkali developers (C) and an acid crosslinking agent (D) that crosslinks with the resin soluble in alkali developers (C) under the action of an acid.
- the acid generators (A1) contained in the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention when exposed to actinic rays or radiation, generate the acids of general formula (I) below.
- W 1 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group.
- W 2 represents a bivalent connecting group.
- W 3 represents an optionally substituted organic group having 15 or more carbon atoms.
- Z represents a hydroxyl group or a fluoroalkylsulfonamido group having at least one fluorine atom introduced therein as a substituent.
- W 1 is preferably an alkylene group containing at least one fluorine atom, more preferably any of the fluoroalkylene groups of the following formula.
- each of Rf's independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, and x is an integer of 1 or greater.
- x is 2 or greater, the parenthesized Rf—C—Rf's may be identical to or different from each other.
- Rf is preferably a fluorine atom, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , C 5 F 11 , C 6 F 13 , C 7 F 15 , C 8 F 17 , CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 C 4 F 9 , CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9 or the like.
- a fluorine atom and a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are preferred.
- a fluorine atom and CF 3 are more preferred.
- a fluorine atom is most preferred.
- x is preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 4.
- W 2 represents a bivalent connecting group.
- W 2 in its one form contains at least one oxygen atom.
- W 2 is preferably any of the bivalent connecting groups of the following formula.
- G represents a single bond, an alkylene group optionally containing an ether oxygen, a cycloalkylene group optionally containing an ether oxygen, an arylene group or a group composed of a combination of these, provided that combined groups may be linked to each other through an oxygen atom.
- the alkylene group or cycloalkylene group represented by G is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group or a 1,4-cyclohexylene group).
- the hydrogen atoms thereof bonded to carbon may be wholly or partially replaced by fluorine atoms.
- An ether oxygen may be contained therein.
- the arylene group represented by G is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, phenylene or naphthylene).
- the hydrogen atoms thereof bonded to carbon may be wholly or partially replaced by fluorine atoms.
- These alkylene groups, cycloalkylene groups and arylene groups may be used individually or in combination. When used in combination, these alkylene groups, cycloalkylene groups and arylene groups can be combined together through an oxygen atom.
- L represents a bivalent connecting group
- y is an integer of 0 or greater.
- bivalent connecting group there can be mentioned, for example, —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 —, —SO 3 —, —NH—, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group or an alkenylene group.
- —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO 2 — and —SO 3 — are preferred.
- —COO—, —OCO—, —SO 2 — and —SO 3 — are more preferred.
- y is preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably 0 to 2.
- the parenthesized L's may be identical to or different from each other.
- the bivalent connecting group represented by -G-(L)y- in its one form contains at least one oxygen atom.
- a substituent may be introduced in the organic group represented by W 3 .
- the organic group there can be mentioned an aliphatic or aromatic group having 15 or more carbon atoms.
- the aliphatic or aromatic group may contain a heteroatom.
- W 3 is preferably any of the aromatic rings each having 15 or more carbon atoms of the following formula.
- Ar represents an aromatic ring optionally containing a heteroatom, in which a substituent other than -(A-B) groups may further be introduced, and n is an integer of 1 or greater.
- the aromatic ring represented by Ar is preferably one having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, in which a heteroatom may be contained.
- the aromatic ring there can be mentioned a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a pentalene ring, an indene ring, an azulene ring, a heptalene ring, an indecene ring, a perylene ring, a pentacene ring, an acenaphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, a naphthacene ring, a chrysene ring, a triphenylene ring, a fluorene ring, a biphenyl ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring,
- A represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group.
- the bivalent connecting groups represented by A there can be mentioned any one selected from among an alkylene group, —O—, —S—, —C( ⁇ O)—, —S( ⁇ O)—, —S( ⁇ O) 2 — and —OS( ⁇ O) 2 —, and a combination thereof.
- A it is preferred for A to have a small number of carbon atoms from the viewpoint of resolution and roughness.
- A is preferably a single bond, —O—, —CO 2 — or —S—. A single bond is most preferred.
- B represents a hydrocarbon group in which a substituent may be introduced.
- B is preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms. Further more preferably, B is a group containing a hydrocarbon group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms in which a tertiary or quaternary carbon atom is contained.
- the individual -(A-B)'s may be identical to or different from each other.
- the hydrocarbon group represented by B may be an aliphatic group or an aromatic group.
- An aliphatic group is preferred.
- the aliphatic group may be a noncyclic hydrocarbon group or a cycloaliphatic group.
- noncyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms in which a tertiary or quaternary carbon atom is contained there can be mentioned an isopropyl group, a t-butyl group, a t-pentyl group, a neopentyl group, an s-butyl group, an isobutyl group, an isohexyl group, a 3,3-dimethylpentyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group or the like.
- the noncyclic hydrocarbon group is preferably one having 5 to 20 carbon atoms.
- a substituent may be introduced in the noncyclic hydrocarbon group.
- a cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group or a cyclooctyl group, an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, a bornyl group, a camphenyl group, a decahydronaphthyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a camphoroyl group, a dicyclohexyl group, a pinenyl group or the like.
- the cycloaliphatic group is preferably one having 5 to 20 carbon atoms. A substituent may be introduced in the cycloaliphatic group.
- substituents that may be introduced in the noncyclic hydrocarbon groups and cycloaliphatic groups there can be mentioned, for example, a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a tert-butoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group or a p-tolyloxy group; an alkylthioxy group such as a methylthioxy group, an ethylthioxy group or a tert-butylthioxy group; an arylthioxy group such as a phenylthioxy group or a p-tolylthioxy group; an alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group or a butoxycarbonyl group; an aryloxycarbonyl group such as a phenoxycarbonyl group; an acetoxy
- the group containing a hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms in which a tertiary or quaternary carbon atom is contained, represented by B, is a cycloaliphatic group from the viewpoint of resolution and roughness.
- a cycloalkyl group, an adamantyl group and a norbornyl group are preferred from the viewpoint of roughness enhancement.
- a cycloalkyl group is more preferred.
- a cyclohexyl group is most preferred.
- n is an integer of 1 or greater. From the viewpoint of roughness enhancement, it is preferred for n to be in the range of 2 to 5, especially 2 to 4. Most preferably, n is 3.
- substitution with the -(A-B) group it is preferred for the substitution with the -(A-B) group to take place at least one o-position with respect to the site of L substitution from the viewpoint of roughness enhancement. More preferably, the substitution with the -(A-B) group takes place at two o-positions mentioned above.
- a substituent other than -(A-B) groups may further be introduced in the aromatic ring represented by Ar.
- a halogen group such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonate group, a nitro group, a cyano group, an amino group, a formyl group, an amido group, a formylamino group and the like.
- R represents an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
- R is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
- CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 and C 5 F 11 are more preferred.
- Z, Rf, G, L, Ar, A, B, x, y and n are as defined above except for the following.
- R is as defined above in connection with general formula (I′).
- Rf, G, L, Ar, A, B, x, y and n are as defined above in connection with general formula (I-1).
- M + represents an organic onium ion.
- R is as defined above in connection with general formula (I′).
- Rf, G, L, Ar, A, B, x, y and n are as defined above in connection with general formula (I-2).
- M + represents an organic onium ion.
- the organic onium ion represented by M + in general formulae (II-1), (II′-1), (II-2) and (II′-2) in its one form is any of the onium ions of general formulae (ZI) and (ZII) below.
- each of R 201 , R 202 and R 203 independently represents an organic group.
- the number of carbon atoms of each of the organic groups represented by R 201 , R 202 and R 203 is, for example, in the range of 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 20.
- Two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to each other through a single bond or a bivalent connecting group to thereby form a ring structure.
- a bivalent connecting group there can be mentioned, for example, an ether group, a thioether group, an ester group, an amido group, a carbonyl group, a methylene group and an ethylene group.
- an alkylene group such as a butylene group or a pentylene group.
- R 201 , R 202 and R 203 there can be mentioned, for example, corresponding groups of the following compounds (ZI-1), (ZI-2) and (ZI-3).
- the photo acid generators (A1) may be compounds with two or more of the structures of general formula (ZI). For example, use may be made of compounds having a structure wherein at least one of R 201 to R 203 of a cation of general formula (ZI) is bonded to at least one of R 201 to R 203 of another cation of general formula (ZI).
- ZI As preferred (ZI) components, there can be mentioned the following cations (ZI-1), (ZI-2) and (ZI-3).
- Cations (ZI-1) are arylsulfonium cations of general formula (ZI) wherein at least one of R 201 to R 203 is an aryl group.
- all of the R 201 to R 203 may be aryl groups. It is also appropriate that the R 201 to R 203 are partially an aryl group and the remainder is an alkyl group.
- the aryl groups may be identical to or different from each other.
- ZI-1 cations (ZI-1), there can be mentioned, for example, a triarylsulfonium ion, a diarylalkylsulfonium ion and an aryldialkylsulfonium ion.
- the aryl group of the cations (ZI-1) is preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or a heteroaryl group such as an indole residue, a pyrrole residue or the like.
- the aryl group is more preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or an indole residue.
- the alkyl group contained in the cation (ZI-1) is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
- a methyl group an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclohexyl group or the like.
- the aryl group and alkyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 may have a substituent.
- substituent there can be mentioned an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a phenylthio group.
- Preferred substituents are a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms and a linear, branched or cyclic alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. More preferred substituents are an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- the substituents may be contained in any one of the three R 201 to R 203 , or alternatively may be contained in all three of R 201 to R 203 .
- R 201 to R 203 represent a phenyl group
- the substituent preferably lies at the p-position of the aryl group.
- any one or two of the three R 201 to R 203 is an optionally substituted aryl group and the remainder is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group.
- the structures there can be mentioned the structures described in Paragraphs 0141 to 0153 of JP-A-2004-210670.
- the linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group of the remainder is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. These groups may further have substituents. When the two remainders exist, they may be bonded to each other to thereby form a ring.
- the cations (ZI-1) in one form thereof are those of general formula (ZI-1A) below.
- R 13 represents any of a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group and a group with a cycloalkyl skeleton of a single ring or multiple rings. These groups may have substituents.
- R 14 each independently in the instance of R 14 s, represents any of an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group and a group with a cycloalkyl skeleton of a single ring or multiple rings. These groups may have substituents.
- Each of R 15 s independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group, provided that the two R 15 s may be bonded to each other to thereby form a ring. These groups may have substituents.
- 1 is an integer of 0 to 2
- r is an integer of 0 to 8.
- the alkyl groups represented by R 13 , R 14 and R 15 may be linear or branched and preferably each has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group and the like are especially preferred.
- cycloalkyl groups represented by R 13 , R 14 and R 15 there can be mentioned a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, a cyclododecanyl group, a cyclopentenyl group, a cyclohexenyl group, a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, an adamantly group, a cyclooctadienyl group and the like.
- a cyclopropyl group a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group and a cyclooctyl group are especially preferred.
- alkyl group of the alkoxy group represented by R 13 or R 14 there can be mentioned, for example, the same specific examples as mentioned above with respect to the alkyl groups represented by R 13 to R 15 .
- alkoxy group a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propoxy group and an n-butoxy group are especially preferred.
- cycloalkyl group of the cycloalkyloxy group represented by R 13 there can be mentioned, for example, the same specific examples as mentioned above with respect to the cycloalkyl groups represented by R 13 to R 15 .
- a cyclopentyloxy group and a cyclohexyloxy group are especially preferred.
- alkoxy group of the alkoxycarbonyl group represented by R 13 there can be mentioned, for example, the same specific examples as mentioned above with respect to the alkoxy groups represented by R 13 or R 14 .
- alkoxycarbonyl group a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group and an n-butoxycarbonyl group are especially preferred.
- alkylsulfonyl group and cycloalkylsulfonyl group a methanesulfonyl group, an ethanesulfonyl group, an n-propanesulfonyl group, an n-butanesulfonyl group, a cyclopentanesulfonyl group and a cyclohexanesulfonyl group are especially preferred.
- R 13 and R 14 there can be mentioned, for example, a cycloalkyloxy group of a single ring or multiple rings and an alkoxy group with a cycloalkyl group of a single ring or multiple rings. These groups may further have substituents.
- 1 is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 1, and r is preferably 0 to 2.
- Each of the groups represented by R 13 to R 15 may further have a substituent.
- a substituent there can be mentioned, for example, a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom), a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, a cycloalkyloxyalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyloxy group or the like.
- alkoxy group there can be mentioned, for example, a linear or branched group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propoxy group, an i-propoxy group, an n-butoxy group, a 2-methylpropoxy group, a 1-methylpropoxy group, a t-butoxy group and the like.
- cycloalkyloxy group there can be mentioned, for example, a cycloalkyloxy group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as a cyclopentyloxy group, a cyclohexyloxy group and the like.
- alkoxyalkyl group there can be mentioned, for example, a linear or branched alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 21 carbon atoms, such as a methoxymethyl group, an ethoxymethyl group, a 1-methoxyethyl group, a 2-methoxyethyl group, a 1-ethoxyethyl group or a 2-ethoxyethyl group.
- cycloalkyloxyalkyl group there can be mentioned, for example, a cycloalkyloxyalkyl group having 4 to 21 carbon atoms, such as a cyclohexyloxymethyl group, a cyclopentyloxymethyl group or a cyclohexyloxyethyl group.
- alkoxycarbonyl group there can be mentioned, for example, a linear or branched alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 21 carbon atoms, such as a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, an n-propoxycarbonyl group, an i-propoxycarbonyl group, an n-butoxycarbonyl group, a 2-methylpropoxycarbonyl group, a 1-methylpropoxycarbonyl group or a t-butoxycarbonyl group.
- a linear or branched alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 21 carbon atoms such as a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, an n-propoxycarbonyl group, an i-propoxycarbonyl group, an n-butoxycarbonyl group, a 2-methylpropoxycarbonyl group, a 1-methylpropoxycarbonyl group or a t-butoxycarbonyl group.
- cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group there can be mentioned, for example, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group having 4 to 21 carbon atoms, such as a cyclopentyloxycarbonyl group or a cyclohexyloxycarbonyl group.
- alkoxycarbonyloxy group there can be mentioned, for example, a linear or branched alkoxycarbonyloxy group having 2 to 21 carbon atoms, such as a methoxycarbonyloxy group, an ethoxycarbonyloxy group, an n-propoxycarbonyloxy group, an i-propoxycarbonyloxy group, an n-butoxycarbonyloxy group or a t-butoxycarbonyloxy group.
- a linear or branched alkoxycarbonyloxy group having 2 to 21 carbon atoms such as a methoxycarbonyloxy group, an ethoxycarbonyloxy group, an n-propoxycarbonyloxy group, an i-propoxycarbonyloxy group, an n-butoxycarbonyloxy group or a t-butoxycarbonyloxy group.
- cycloalkyloxycarbonyloxy group there can be mentioned, for example, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyloxy group having 4 to 21 carbon atoms, such as a cyclopentyloxycarbonyloxy group or a cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy group.
- the cyclic structure that may be formed by the bonding of the two R 15 s to each other is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring, especially a 5-membered ring (namely, a tetrahydrothiophene ring) formed by two bivalent R 15 s in cooperation with the sulfur atom of general formula (ZI-1A).
- the cyclic structure may further have a substituent.
- substituent there can be mentioned, for example, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group and the like.
- R 15 is especially preferred for the R 15 to be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a bivalent group allowing two R 15 s to be bonded to each other so as to form a tetrahydrothiophene ring structure in cooperation with the sulfur atom of the general formula (ZI-1A).
- Each of R 13 and R 14 may further have a substituent.
- a substituent there can be mentioned, for example, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a halogen atom (especially, a fluorine atom) or the like.
- the cations (ZI-1) in other forms thereof are those of general formula (ZI-1B) below.
- the cations of general formula (ZI-1B) are effective in outgas suppression.
- each of R 1 to R 13 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, provided that at least one of R 1 to R 13 is a substituent containing an alcoholic hydroxyl group.
- the alcoholic hydroxyl group refers to a hydroxyl group bonded to a carbon atom of an alkyl group.
- X represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group.
- R 1 to R 13 represent substituents containing an alcoholic hydroxyl group
- R 1 to R 13 it is preferred for the R 1 to R 13 to represent the groups of the formula —W—Y, wherein Y represents a hydroxyl-substituted alkyl group and W represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group.
- alkyl group represented by Y there can be mentioned an ethyl group, a propyl group and an isopropyl group.
- Y contains the structure of —CH 2 CH 2 OH.
- W is preferably a single bond, or a bivalent group as obtained by replacing with a single bond any hydrogen atom of a group selected from among an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, an acylamino group, an alkyl- or arylsulfonylamino group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group and a carbamoyl group. More preferably, W is a single bond, or a bivalent group as obtained by replacing with a single bond any hydrogen atom of a group selected from among an acyloxy group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an acyl group and an alkoxycarbonyl group.
- R 1 to R 13 represent substituents containing an alcoholic hydroxyl group
- the number of carbon atoms contained in each of the substituents is preferably in the range of 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6 and further preferably 2 to 4.
- Each of the substituents containing an alcoholic hydroxyl group represented by R 1 to R 13 may have two or more alcoholic hydroxyl groups.
- the number of alcoholic hydroxyl groups contained in each of the substituents containing an alcoholic hydroxyl group represented by R 1 to R 13 is in the range of 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 3 and more preferably 1.
- the number of alcoholic hydroxyl groups contained in any of the compounds of the general formula (ZI-1B) as the total of those of R 1 to R 13 is in the range of 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 6 and more preferably 1 to 3.
- R 1 to R 13 do not contain any alcoholic hydroxyl group
- the substituents of R 1 to R 13 are, for example, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a silyloxy group, a heterocyclooxy group, an acyloxy group, a carbamoyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group, an amino group (containing an anilino group), an ammonio group, an acylamino group, an aminocarbonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, a sulfamoylamino group,
- each of R 1 to R 13 preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyloxy group, a carbamoyloxy group, an acylamino group, an aminocarbonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, a sulfamoylamino group, an alkyl- or arylsulfonylamino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a sulfamoyl group, an alkyl- or arylsulfonylamino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a
- each of R 1 to R 13 more preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, an acylamino group, an aminocarbonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an alkyl- or arylsulfonylamino group, an alkylthio group, a sulfamoyl group, an alkyl- or arylsulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or a carbamoyl group.
- each of R 1 to R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom or an alkoxy group.
- R 1 to R 13 may be bonded to each other to thereby form a ring structure.
- This ring structure includes an aromatic or nonaromatic cyclohydrocarbon or heterocycle. This cyclic structure can form a condensed cycle through further combination.
- At least one of R 1 to R 13 preferably contains an alcoholic hydroxyl group. More preferably, at least one of R 9 to R 13 contains an alcoholic hydroxyl group.
- X represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group.
- the bivalent connecting group is, for example, an alkylene group, an arylene group, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a carbonyloxy group, a carbonylamino group, a sulfonylamido group, an ether group, a thioether group, an amino group, a disulfide group, an acyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, —CH ⁇ CH—, an aminocarbonylamino group, an aminosulfonylamino group or the like.
- the bivalent connecting group may have a substituent.
- substituents there can be mentioned, for example, the same substituents as mentioned with respect to R 1 to R 13 .
- X is a single bond or a group exhibiting no electron withdrawing properties, such as an alkylene group, an arylene group, an ether group, a thioether group, an amino group, —CH ⁇ CH—, an aminocarbonylamino group or an aminosulfonylamino group. More preferably, X is a single bond, an ether group or a thioether group. Most preferably, X is a single bond.
- the cations (ZI-2) are those of formula (ZI) wherein each of R 201 to R 203 independently represents an organic group having no aromatic ring.
- the aromatic rings include an aromatic ring having a heteroatom.
- the organic group having no aromatic ring represented by R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
- each of R 201 to R 203 independently represents an alkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group. More preferred groups are a linear, branched or cyclic 2-oxoalkyl group or an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group. Especially preferred is a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.
- the Alkyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 may be linear, branched or cyclic.
- alkyl groups there can be mentioned a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group or a pentyl group) and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a norbornyl group).
- the 2-oxoalkyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 may be linear or branched. A group having >C ⁇ O at the 2-position of the alkyl group is preferred.
- alkoxy groups of the alkoxycarbonylmethyl group represented by R 201 to R 203 there can be mentioned alkoxy groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group and a pentoxy group).
- the R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a nitro group.
- R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to each other to thereby form a ring structure.
- This ring structure within the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amido bond and/or a carbonyl group.
- an alkylene group for example, a butylene group or a pentylene group.
- the cations (ZI-3) are those represented by general formula (ZI-3), below, which have a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.
- each of R 1c to R 5c independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a phenylthio group or a halogen atom.
- the numbers of carbon atoms of the alkyl group and the alkoxy group are preferably 5 to 12.
- Each of R 6c and R 7c independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an aryl group.
- the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 6.
- the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 5 to 15.
- As the aryl group there can be mentioned, for example, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group.
- R 1c to R 7c may be bonded to each other to thereby form a ring structure.
- R x and R y may be bonded to each other to thereby form a ring structure.
- These ring structures may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond and/or an amido bond.
- the group formed by the mutual bonding of R 6c and R 7c is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
- each of R 204 and R 205 independently represents an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Substituents may be introduced in these aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group.
- R 204 and R 205 are the same as set forth above in connection with R 201 to R 203 of the compounds (ZI-1).
- alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups represented by R 204 and R 205 there can be mentioned the linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups set forth above in connection with R 201 to R 203 of the compounds (ZI-2).
- the acid generators (AI) may be used either individually or in combination.
- the content of the acid generators (AI) based on the total solids of the composition of the present invention is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 50 mass %, more preferably 1 to 30 mass %.
- another acid generator may be used in combination with any of the acid generators (AI).
- the other acid generators for use in combination with any of the acid generators (AI) use can be made of a member appropriately selected from among a photoinitiator for photocationic polymerization, a photoinitiator for photoradical polymerization, a photo-achromatic agent and photo-discoloring agent for dyes, any of publicly known compounds that when exposed to actinic rays or radiation, generate an acid, employed in microresists, etc., and mixtures thereof.
- the acid generator there can be mentioned a diazonium salt, a phosphonium salt, a sulfonium salt, an iodonium salt, an imide sulfonate, an oxime sulfonate, diazosulfone, disulfone or o-nitrobenzyl sulfonate.
- the positive actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may include a resin (B) that is decomposed by the action of an acid to thereby exhibit an increased solubility in an alkali developer.
- the resin (B) usually contain, in its principal chain or side chain or both thereof, a group (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”) that is decomposed by the action of an acid to thereby generate an alkali-soluble group.
- a resin containing an acid-decomposable group in its side chain is preferred.
- the acid-decomposable group is preferably a group resulting from substitution of the hydrogen atom of an alkali-soluble group, such as a —COOH group or an —OH group, with an acid-eliminable group.
- the acid-eliminable group is preferably an acetal group or a tertiary ester group.
- the matrix resin to which the above groups decomposable by the action of an acid are bonded as side chains refers to an alkali-soluble resin having an —OH or —COOH group in its side chain.
- alkali-soluble resins to be described hereinafter.
- the alkali dissolution rate of the alkali-soluble resins as measured in a 0.261 N tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) (23° C.) is preferably 17 nm/sec or greater.
- the alkali dissolution rate is especially preferably 33 nm/sec or greater.
- the alkali-soluble resins especially preferred from this viewpoint include resins containing hydroxystyrene structural units, such as o-, m- or p-poly(hydroxystyrene) and copolymers thereof, hydrogenated poly(hydroxystyrene), halogenated or alkylated poly(hydroxystyrene), poly(hydroxystyrene) having its part O-alkylated or O-acylated, styrene-hydroxystyrene copolymer, ⁇ -methylstyrene-hydroxystyrene copolymer and hydrogenated novolak resin, and also include resins containing carboxylated repeating units, such as those of (meth)acrylic acid and norbornenecarboxylic acid.
- hydroxystyrene structural units such as o-, m- or p-poly(hydroxystyrene) and copolymers thereof
- hydrogenated poly(hydroxystyrene) halogenated or al
- repeating units containing preferred acid-decomposable groups there can be mentioned, for example, those of t-butoxycarbonyloxystyrene, a 1-alkoxyethoxystyrene and a (meth)acrylic acid tertiary alkyl ester.
- Repeating units of a 2-alkyl-2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate and a dialkyl(1-adamantyl)methyl (meth)acrylate are more preferred.
- the resin that when acted on by an acid, is decomposed to thereby increase its solubility in an alkali developer can be obtained by, for example, reaction of a precursor of a group cleavable under the action of an acid with a resin, or by copolymerization of an alkali-soluble resin monomer having a group cleavable under the action of an acid bonded thereto with various monomers, as disclosed in, for example, European Patent No. 254853 and JP-A's H2-25850, H3-223860 and H4-251259.
- the resin In the event of exposing the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention to KrF excimer laser beams, electron beams, X-rays or high-energy light rays of wavelength 50 nm or less (EUV, etc.), it is preferred for the resin to have hydroxystyrene repeating units. More preferably, the resin is a copolymer of hydroxystyrene/hydroxystyrene protected by an acid-eliminable group or hydroxystyrene/(meth)acrylic acid tert-alkyl ester.
- each of R 01 , R 02 and R 03 independently represents, for example, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
- Ar 1 represents, for example, an aromatic ring group.
- R 03 and Ar 1 may be simultaneously alkylene groups and bonded to each other so as to form a 5-membered or 6-membered ring in cooperation with the —C—C— chain.
- Each of n Ys independently represents a hydrogen atom or a group that is cleaved by the action of an acid, provided that at least one of n Ys is a group that is cleaved by the action of an acid.
- n is an integer of 1 to 4. n is preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1.
- the alkyl group represented by each of R 01 to R 03 is preferably an alkyl group having 20 or less carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, an octyl group or a dodecyl group.
- An alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms is more preferred. These alkyl groups may have a substituent.
- the alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably the same as the alkyl group mentioned above with respect to R 01 to R 03 .
- the cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
- These cycloalkyl groups may have a substituent.
- halogen atom there can be mentioned a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
- a fluorine atom is preferred.
- R 03 represents an alkylene group
- the alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group or an octylene group.
- the aromatic ring represented by Ar 1 is preferably an aromatic ring having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, such as a benzene ring, a toluene ring or a naphthalene ring. These aromatic rings may have a substituent.
- each of R 36 to R 39 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
- R 36 and R 37 may be bonded with each other to thereby form a ring structure.
- R 01 and R 02 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
- Ar represents an aryl group.
- Each of the alkyl groups represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
- a methyl group an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group or the like.
- the cycloalkyl groups represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
- the cycloalkyl group is monocyclic, it is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms.
- a cyclopropyl group a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cyclooctyl group or the like.
- the cycloalkyl group is polycyclic, it is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
- an adamantyl group for example, an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, an isobornyl group, a camphonyl group, a dicyclopentyl group, an ⁇ -pinel group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecyl group, an androstanyl group or the like.
- the carbon atoms of each of the cycloalkyl groups may be partially substituted with a heteroatom, such as an oxygen atom.
- Each of the aryl groups represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 , R 02 and Ar is preferably one having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
- an aryl group such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or an anthryl group.
- Each of the aralkyl groups represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms.
- a benzyl group a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group or the like.
- Each of the alkenyl groups represented by R 36 to R 39 , R 01 and R 02 preferably has 2 to 8 carbon atoms.
- a vinyl group an allyl group, a butenyl group, a cyclohexenyl group or the like.
- the ring formed by the mutual bonding of R 36 and R 37 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
- the monocyclic structure is preferably a cycloalkane structure having 3 to 8 carbon atoms.
- a cyclopropane structure a cyclobutane structure, a cyclopentane structure, a cyclohexane structure, a cycloheptane structure, a cyclooctane structure or the like.
- the polycyclic structure is preferably a cycloalkane structure having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
- an adamantane structure for example, an adamantane structure, a norbornane structure, a dicyclopentane structure, a tricyclodecane structure, a tetracyclododecane structure or the like.
- the carbon atoms of each of the ring structures may be partially replaced with a heteroatom, such as an oxygen atom.
- a substituent may be introduced in each of the above groups.
- the substituent there can be mentioned, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an amido group, a ureido group, a urethane group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a thioether group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group or the like.
- the number of carbon atoms of each of the substituents is up to 8.
- the group that is cleaved by the action of an acid, Y preferably has any of the structures of general formula (B) below.
- each of L 1 and L 2 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a aryl group or an aralkyl group.
- M represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group.
- Q represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloaliphatic group, an aromatic ring group, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group or an aldehyde group.
- These cycloaliphatic group and aromatic ring group may contain a heteroatom.
- At least two of Q, M and L 1 may be bonded to each other to thereby form a ring (preferably, a 5-membered or 6-membered ring).
- the alkyl groups represented by L 1 and L 2 are, for example, alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. As preferred examples thereof, there can be mentioned a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group and an octyl group.
- the cycloalkyl groups represented by L 1 and L 2 are, for example, cycloalkyl groups each having 3 to 15 carbon atoms. As preferred examples thereof, there can be mentioned a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group and the like.
- the aryl groups represented by L 1 and L 2 are, for example, aryl groups having 6 to 15 carbon atoms. As preferred examples thereof, there can be mentioned a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group and the like.
- the aralkyl groups represented by L 1 and L 2 are, for example, those having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. There can be mentioned aralkyl groups, such as a benzyl group and a phenethyl group.
- the bivalent connecting group represented by M is, for example, an alkylene group (e.g., a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group, an octylene group, etc.), a cycloalkylene group (e.g., a cyclopentylene group or a cyclohexylene group, etc.), an alkenylene group (e.g., an ethylene group, a propenylene group, a butenylene group, etc.), an arylene group (e.g., a phenylene group, a tolylene group, a naphthylene group, etc.), —S—, —O—, —CO—, —SO 2 —, —N(R 0 )— or a bivalent connecting group resulting from combination of these groups.
- an alkylene group e.g., a methylene group, an ethylene
- R 0 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms; in particular, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group or the like).
- the alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group represented by Q is the same as mentioned above with respect to L 1 and L 2 .
- cycloaliphatic group or the aromatic ring group represented by Q there can be mentioned, for example, the cycloalkyl group and the aryl group mentioned above as being represented by each of L 1 and L 2 .
- each thereof has 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
- cycloaliphatic group containing a heteroatom and the aromatic ring group containing a heteroatom there can be mentioned, for example, groups having a heterocyclic structure, such as thiirane, cyclothiorane, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, triazole and pyrrolidone.
- groups having a heterocyclic structure such as thiirane, cyclothiorane, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, triazole and pyrrolidone.
- the cycloaliphatic group containing a heteroatom and the aromatic ring group containing a heteroatom are not limited to these as long as a structure generally known as a heteroring (ring formed by carbon and a heteroatom or ring formed by heteroatoms) is included.
- the ring that may be formed by the mutual bonding of at least two of Q, M and L 1
- a substituent may be introduced in each of the groups represented by L 1 , L 2 , M and Q.
- the substituent there can be mentioned, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an amido group, a ureido group, a urethane group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, thioether group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group or a nitro group.
- the number of carbon atoms of each of the substituents is up to 8.
- the groups of the formula -M-Q are preferably groups each composed of 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably groups each composed of 5 to 20 carbon atoms.
- the groups having 6 or more carbon atoms are preferred from the view point of outgas suppression.
- Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group.
- T represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group.
- Each of Rx 1 to Rx 3 independently represents an alkyl group (linear or branched) or a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). At least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be bonded with each other to thereby form a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic).
- Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
- T is preferably a single bond or a group of the formula —COO-Rt-.
- Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a —CH 2 -group or —(CH 2 ) 3 — group.
- the alkyl group represented by each of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably one having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group or a t-butyl group.
- the cycloalkyl group represented by each of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a cycloalkyl group of one ring, such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a cycloalkyl group of multiple rings, such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group or an adamantyl group.
- the cycloalkyl group formed by bonding of at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a cycloalkyl group of one ring, such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a cycloalkyl group of multiple rings, such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group or an adamantyl group.
- Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group
- Rx 2 and Rx 3 are bonded with each other to thereby form any of the above-mentioned cycloalkyl groups.
- Rx represents a hydrogen atom, CH 3 , CF 3 or CH 2 OH.
- Rxa and Rxb represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- the content of repeating units of general formula (A) or (X) in the resin (when a plurality of repeating units are used, the sum thereof), based on all the repeating units of the resin, is preferably in the range of 3 to 90 mol %, more preferably 5 to 80 mol % and most preferably 7 to 70 mol %.
- tBu represents a t-butyl group.
- the content of acid-decomposable group is expressed by the formula B/(B+S) wherein B refers to the number of acid-decomposable groups contained in the resin and S refers to the number of alkali-soluble groups not protected by any acid-eliminable group.
- the content is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 0.7, more preferably 0.05 to 0.50 and further preferably 0.05 to 0.40.
- the resin When the composition of the present invention is exposed to ArF excimer laser beams, it is preferred for the resin to be a resin that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure of a single ring or multiple rings.
- this resin may be referred to as “alicyclic hydrocarbon based acid-decomposable resin.”
- the alicyclic hydrocarbon based acid-decomposable resin is preferably a resin having at least one member selected from the group consisting of the repeating units having partial structures containing the alicyclic hydrocarbons of general formulae (pI) to (pV) below and the repeating units of general formula (II-AB) below.
- R 11 represents a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group or a sec-butyl group
- Z represents an atomic group required for formation of a cycloalkyl group in cooperation with a carbon atom.
- Each of R 12 to R 16 independently represents a cycloalkyl group or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, provided that at least one of R 12 to R 14 or either R 15 or R 16 represents a cycloalkyl group.
- Each of R 17 to R 21 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a cycloalkyl group or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, provided that at least one of R 17 to R 21 represents a cycloalkyl group.
- Either R 19 or R 21 represents a cycloalkyl group or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- Each of R 22 to R 25 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a cycloalkyl group or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, provided that at least one of R 22 to R 25 represents a cycloalkyl group.
- R 23 and R 24 may be bonded to each other to thereby form a ring.
- each of R 11 ′ and R 12 ′ independently represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a halogen atom or an alkyl group.
- Z′ represents an atomic group for formation of an alicyclic structure wherein two bonded carbon atoms (C—C) are contained.
- general formula (II-AB) is either general formula (II-AB1) or general formula (II-AB2) below.
- each of R 13 ′ to R 16 ′ independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, —COOH, —COOR 5 , a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid, —C( ⁇ O)—X-A′—R 17 ′, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
- R 5 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a group with a lactone structure.
- X represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —NH—, —NHSO 2 — or —NHSO 2 NH—.
- A′ represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group.
- R 17 ′ represents —COOH, —COOR 5 , —CN, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, —CO—NH—R 6 , —CO—NH—SO 2 —R 6 or a group with a lactone structure.
- R 6 represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. At least two of R 13 ′ to R 16 ′ may be bonded to each other to thereby form a ring.
- n 0 or 1.
- each of the alkyl groups represented by R 12 to R 25 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- a methyl group an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group or the like.
- the cycloalkyl groups represented by R 11 to R 25 and the cycloalkyl group formed by Z and a carbon atom may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
- groups of a monocyclo, bicyclo, tricyclo or tetracyclo structure or the like having 5 or more carbon atoms.
- the number of carbon atoms thereof is preferably in the range of 6 to 30, especially preferably 7 to 25.
- cycloalkyl groups there can be mentioned, for example, an adamantyl group, a noradamantyl group, a decalin residue, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, a norbornyl group, a cedrol group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, a cyclodecanyl group and a cyclododecanyl group.
- an adamantyl group for example, an adamantyl group, a noradamantyl group, a decalin residue, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, a norbornyl group, a cedrol group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group,
- cycloalkyl groups there can be mentioned an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group and a tricyclodecanyl group.
- alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups may have substituents.
- substituents there can be mentioned an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group and an alkoxycarbonyl group (2 to 6 carbon atoms). These substituents. may further have substituents.
- substituents that can be further introduced in the above-mentioned substituents there can be mentioned a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom and an alkoxy group.
- the structures of general formulae (pI) to (pV) can be used for the protection of the alkali-soluble groups.
- alkali-soluble groups there can be mentioned various groups generally known in this technical field.
- Structures resulting from replacement of a hydrogen atom of a carboxylic acid group or sulfonic acid group with any of the structures of general formulae (pI) to (pV) are preferred.
- R represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Two or more R's may be identical to or different from each other.
- A represents any one or a combination of two or more groups selected from the group consisting of a single bond, an alkylene group, an ether group, a thioether group, a carbonyl group, an ester group, an amido group, a sulfonamido group, a urethane group and a urea group.
- a single bond is preferred.
- Pp1 represents any of the groups of the above general formulae (pI) to (pV).
- the repeating units of the general formula (pA) are most preferably those derived from a 2-alkyl-2-adamantyl(meth)acrylate and a dialkyl(1-adamantyl)methyl(meth)acrylate.
- Rx represents H, CH 3 , CF 3 or CH 2 OH.
- Rxa and Rxb independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- the halogen atoms represented by R 11 ′ and R 12 ′ include a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.
- the alkyl groups represented by R 11 ′ and R 12 ′ are preferably linear or branched alkyl groups each having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
- a methyl group an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a linear or branched butyl, pentyl, hexyl or heptyl group, and the like.
- the atomic group for formation of the alicyclic structure represented by Z′ is an atomic group capable of providing the resin with a repeating unit of optionally substituted alicyclic hydrocarbon.
- the atomic group is especially preferably one capable of providing a bridged alicyclic structure for formation of a bridged alicyclic hydrocarbon repeating unit.
- the provided alicyclic hydrocarbon skeleton can be the same as that of the cycloalkyl groups represented by R 12 to R 25 in the general formulae (pII) to (pV).
- the alicyclic hydrocarbon skeleton may have a substituent.
- substituent there can be mentioned any of the atoms or groups represented by R 13 ′ to R 16 ′ in the general formulae (II-AB1) and (II-AB2).
- the group that is decomposed by the action of an acid can have at least one repeating unit selected from among the repeating units having partial structures containing the alicyclic hydrocarbons of the general formulae (pI) to (pV), the repeating units of general formula (II-AB) and the repeating units of copolymer components to be described below.
- any of the various substituents that can be introduced in R 13 ′ to R 16 ′ in the general formulae (II-AB1) and (II-AB2) can be a substituent for the atomic groups for formation of the alicyclic structures of the general formula (II-AB) or the atomic groups Z′ for formation of the bridged alicyclic structures.
- the alicyclic hydrocarbon based acid-decomposable resin prefferably has a repeating unit containing a lactone group.
- the lactone groups the groups with a 5 to 7-membered ring lactone structure are preferred, and those resulting from condensation of lactone structures of a 5 to 7-membered ring with other cyclic structures effected in a fashion to form a bicyclo structure or spiro structure are especially preferred.
- the alicyclic hydrocarbon based acid-decomposable resin contain a repeating unit having a lactone structure represented by any of general formulae (LC1-1) to (LC1-16) below.
- the groups with lactone structures may be directly bonded to the principal chain of the resin.
- Preferred lactone structures are those of the formulae (LC1-1), (LC1-4), (LC1-5), (LC1-6), (LC1-13), (LC1-14) and (LC1-17). The use of these specified lactone structures would realize improvement in the line edge roughness and development defect.
- substituent (Rb 2 ) on the portion of the lactone structure is optional.
- substituents (Rb 2 ) there can be mentioned an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an acid-decomposable group and the like.
- n 2 is an integer of 0 to 4.
- the plurality of present substituents (Rb 2 ) may be identical to or different from each other. Further, the plurality of present substituents (Rb 2 ) may be bonded to each other to thereby form a ring.
- repeating units having the groups with lactone structures of any of general formulae (LC1-1) to (LC1-17) there can be mentioned the repeating units of general formulae (II-AB1) and (II-AB2) wherein at least one of R13′ to R16′ has any of the groups of the general formulae (LC1-1) to (LC1-17) (for example, the R 5 of —COOR 5 represents any of the groups of general formulae (LC1-1) to (LC1-17)) as well as the repeating units of general formula (AI) below.
- Rb 0 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- alkyl group represented by Rb 0 there can be mentioned, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group or the like.
- the alkyl group represented by Rb 0 may have a substituent.
- substituents there can be mentioned, for example, a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom.
- halogen atom represented by Rb 0 there can be mentioned a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
- the Rb 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- Ab represents an alkylene group, a bivalent connecting group with an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure of a single ring or multiple rings, a single bond, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group or a bivalent connecting group resulting from combination of these.
- a single bond and a connecting group of the formula -Ab 1 -CO 2 — are preferred.
- Ab 1 is a linear or branched alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group of a single ring or multiple rings, being preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group, a cyclohexyl residue, an adamantyl residue or a norbornyl residue.
- V represents any of the groups of the general formulae (LC1-1) to (LC1-17).
- the repeating unit having a lactone structure is generally present in the form of optical isomers. Any of the optical isomers may be used. It is both appropriate to use a single type of optical isomer alone and to use a plurality of optical isomers in the form of a mixture. When a single type of optical isomer is mainly used, the optical purity (ee) thereof is preferably 90% ee or higher, more preferably 95% ee or higher.
- each of Rx and R represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH or CF 3 .
- the alicyclic hydrocarbon acid-decomposable resin may contain a plurality of repeating units each containing a lactone group.
- the acid-decomposable resin it is preferred for the acid-decomposable resin to contain (1) any one of those of general formula (AI) in which Ab is a single bond together with any one of those of general formula (AI) in which Ab is -Ab 1 -CO 2 —, or (2) a mixture of two of those of general formula (AI) in which Ab is -Ab 1 -CO 2 —.
- the content of the repeating units containing a lactone group is preferably in the range of 10 to 70 mol %, more preferably 20 to 60 mol %, based on all the repeating units contained in the resin.
- the alicyclic hydrocarbon based acid-decomposable resin prefferably has a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a polar group.
- the containment of this repeating unit would realize enhancements of adhesion to substrate and developer affinity.
- the polar group is preferably a hydroxyl group or a cyano group.
- the hydroxyl group as the polar group constitutes an alcoholic hydroxyl group.
- each of R 2 c to R 4 c independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a cyano group, provided that at least one of the R 2 c to R 4 c represents a hydroxyl group or a cyano group.
- one or two of the R 2 c to R 4 c are hydroxyl groups and the remainder is a hydrogen atom. More preferably, two of the R 2 c to R 4 c are hydroxyl groups and the remainder is a hydrogen atom.
- the groups of the general formula (VIIa) preferably have a dihydroxy form or monohydroxy form, more preferably a dihydroxy form.
- repeating units having the groups of general formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) there can be mentioned the repeating units of general formulae (II-AB1) and (II-AB2) wherein at least one of R13′ to R16′ has any of the groups of general formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) (for example, the R 5 of —COOR 5 represents any of the groups of the general formula (VIIa) or (VIIb)) as well as the repeating units of general formula (AIIa) or (AIIb), below.
- R 1 c represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group.
- R 2 c to R 4 c have the same meaning as those of the general formula (VIIa).
- repeating units having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a polar group expressed by the general formula (AIIa) or (AIIb) will be shown below, which however in no way limit the scope of the present invention.
- the content of these repeating units (when there are a plurality of appropriate repeating units, the sum thereof), based on all the repeating units of the resin, is preferably in the range of 3 to 30 mol %, more preferably 5 to 25 mol %.
- the resins of the present invention may further contain a repeating unit containing neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group that is stable against the action of an acid, in addition to the foregoing repeating units.
- the stable repeating unit in particular, there can be mentioned the repeating units of general formula below in which a non-acid-decomposable aryl structure or cycloalkyl structure is introduced in a side chain of acrylic structure.
- the introduction of this structure promises the attainment of contrast regulation, enhancement of etching resistance, etc.
- the stable repeating unit may be introduced in the above-mentioned resin containing a hydroxystyrene repeating unit, or alicyclic hydrocarbon acid-decomposable resin.
- the stable repeating unit is introduced in the alicyclic hydrocarbon acid-decomposable resin, it is preferred for stable repeating unit not to contain any aromatic ring structure from the viewpoint of the absorption of 193 nm light.
- R 5 represents a hydrocarbon group.
- Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably a methyl group), a hydroxyalkyl group (preferably a hydroxymethyl group) or a trifluoromethyl group.
- the hydrocarbon group represented by R 5 preferably includes a cyclic structure.
- a cycloalkyl group of a single ring or multiple rings preferably having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 7
- a cycloalkenyl group of a single ring or multiple rings preferably having 3 to 12 carbon atoms
- an aryl group preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12
- an aralkyl group preferably having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 12.
- the cycloalkyl groups include ring-assembly hydrocarbon groups and crosslinked-ring hydrocarbon groups.
- crosslinked-ring hydrocarbon rings there can be mentioned, for example, bicyclic hydrocarbon rings, tricyclic hydrocarbon rings and tetracyclic hydrocarbon rings.
- the crosslinked-ring hydrocarbon rings include condensed-ring hydrocarbon rings, for example, condensed rings resulting from condensation of multiple 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings.
- crosslinked-ring hydrocarbon rings there can be mentioned, for example, a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group, a bicyclooctanyl group and a tricyclo[5,2,1,0 2,6 ]decanyl group.
- a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group there can be mentioned a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
- aryl groups there can be mentioned, for example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group and the like.
- aralkyl groups there can be mentioned, for example, a phenylmethyl group, a phenylethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group and the like.
- hydrocarbon groups may have substituents.
- substituents there can be mentioned, for example, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group protected by a protective group and an amino group protected by a protective group.
- the halogen atom is preferably a bromine, chlorine or fluorine atom
- the alkyl group is preferably a methyl, ethyl, butyl or t-butyl group.
- the alkyl group may further have a substituent.
- a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group protected by a protective group or an amino group protected by a protective group there can be mentioned.
- an alkyl group for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a substituted methyl group, a substituted ethyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an aralkyloxycarbonyl group.
- the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- the substituted methyl group is preferably a methoxymethyl, methoxythiomethyl, benzyloxymethyl, t-butoxymethyl or 2-methoxyethoxymethyl group.
- the substituted ethyl group is preferably a 1-ethoxyethyl or 1-methyl-1-methoxyethyl group.
- the acyl group is preferably an aliphatic acyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as a formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, valeryl or pivaloyl group.
- the alkoxycarbonyl group is, for example, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- the content of any of the repeating units of general formula (III), based on all the repeating units of resin (B), is preferably in the range of 0 to 40 mol %, more preferably 0 to 20 mol %.
- Ra represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH or CF 3 .
- the content of these repeating units (when there are a plurality of appropriate repeating units, the sum thereof), based on all the repeating units of the resin, is preferably in the range of 1 to 30 mol %, more preferably 1 to 20 mol %.
- the alicyclic hydrocarbon acid-decomposable resin prefferably contains a repeating unit containing an alkali-soluble group, especially a repeating unit containing a carboxyl group.
- the resolution in contact hole usage can be enhanced by containing this repeating unit.
- Both a repeating unit wherein a carboxyl group is directly bonded to the principal chain of a resin and a repeating unit wherein a carboxyl group is bonded via a connecting group to the principal chain of a resin can be mentioned as preferred repeating units containing a carboxyl group.
- repeating units from acrylic acid and methacrylic acid.
- the connecting group of the latter repeating units may have a mono- or polycycloalkyl structure.
- the repeating units from acrylic acid and methacrylic acid are most preferred as the repeating unit containing a carboxyl group.
- the weight average molecular weight thereof in terms of polystyrene molecular weight as measured by GPC is preferably in the range of 2000 to 200,000.
- the heat resistance and dry etching resistance can be enhanced by regulating the weight average molecular weight to 2000 or greater.
- the film forming property can be enhanced by regulating the weight average molecular weight to 200,000 or less.
- More preferred molecular weight is in the range of 2500 to 50,000. Further more preferred molecular weight is in the range of 3000 to 20,000.
- X-rays or high-energy rays of wavelength 50 nm or shorter for example, EUV
- the enhancement of heat resistance and resolving power, reduction of development defects, etc. of the composition can be simultaneously attained by regulating the molecular weight.
- the dispersity (Mw/Mn) thereof is preferably in the range of 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably 1.2 to 2.5 and further more preferably 1.2 to 1.6.
- the line edge roughness performance can be enhanced by regulating this dispersity.
- the content of the resin (B) is preferably in the range of 5 to 99.9 mass %, more preferably 50 to 95 mass % and further more preferably 60 to 93 mass %, based on the total solids of the composition.
- the negative actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may include (C) alkali-soluble resin.
- the alkali dissolution rate of the alkali-soluble resin as measured in a 0.261 N tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) (23° C.) is preferably 2 nm/sec or higher, especially preferably 20 nm/sec or higher.
- the alkali-soluble resin there can be mentioned, for example, a novolak resin, a hydrogenated novolak resin, an acetone-pyrogallol resin, an o-polyhydroxystyrene, a m-polyhydroxystyrene, a p-polyhydroxystyrene, a hydrogenated polyhydroxystyrene, a halogenated or alkylated polyhydroxystyrene, a hydroxystyrene-N-substituted maleimide copolymer, an o/p- and m/p-hydroxystyrene copolymer, a partial O-alkylation product of hydroxyl of polyhydroxystyrene (for example, a 5 to 30 mol % O-methylation product, O-(1-methoxy)ethylation product, O-(1-ethoxy)ethylation product, O-2-tetrahydropyranylation product, O-(t-butoxy
- Preferred alkali-soluble resins are a novolak resin, an o-polyhydroxystyrene, a m-polyhydroxystyrene, a p-polyhydroxystyrene, a copolymer of these polyhydroxystyrenes, an alkylated polyhydroxystyrene, a partial O-alkylation product or O-acylation product of polyhydroxystyrene, a styrene-hydroxystyrene copolymer and an ⁇ -methylstyrene-hydroxystyrene copolymer.
- Especially preferred alkali-soluble resins are any of the resins having a hydroxystyrene structure. Of these, the resin having a m-hydroxystyrene structure is especially preferred.
- the above novolak resin can be obtained by addition condensation of a given monomer as a main component with an aldehyde conducted in the presence of an acid catalyst.
- the weight average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin is 2000 or greater, preferably from 5000 to 200,000 and more preferably 5000 to 100,000.
- the weight average molecular weight is in terms of polystyrene molecular weight measured by gel permeation chromatography.
- alkali-soluble resins (C) may be used in combination.
- the content of alkali-soluble resin, based on the total solids of the composition, is usually in the range of 40 to 97 mass %, preferably 60 to 90 mass %.
- the negative actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may further include an acid crosslinking agent (D).
- Any acid crosslinking agent (D) can be used as long as it is a compound capable of crosslinking with alkali-soluble resin (C) by the action of an acid.
- compounds (1) to (3) below are preferred.
- the alkoxymethyl group preferably has 6 or less carbon atoms
- the acyloxymethyl group preferably has 6 or less carbon atoms.
- L 1 to L 8 may be identical to or different from each other, and each thereof represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxymethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, an ethoxymethyl group or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- the crosslinking agent is generally added in an amount of 3 to 70 mass %, preferably 5 to 50 mass %, based on the solid content of the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
- composition of the present invention may contain a dissolution inhibiting compound of 3000 or less molecular weight that is decomposed by the action of an acid to thereby increase the solubility in an alkali developer (hereinafter referred to as “dissolution inhibiting compound”).
- dissolution inhibiting compound a dissolution inhibiting compound of 3000 or less molecular weight that is decomposed by the action of an acid to thereby increase the solubility in an alkali developer
- the dissolution inhibiting compound is preferably an alicyclic or aliphatic compound having an acid-decomposable group, such as any of cholic acid derivatives having an acid-decomposable group described in Proceeding of SPIE, 2724, 355 (1996).
- the acid-decomposable group is, for example, the same as described above with respect to the repeating unit having the acid-decomposable group.
- composition of the present invention When the composition of the present invention is exposed to a KrF excimer laser or irradiated with electron beams, preferred use is made of one having a structure resulting from substitution of the phenolic hydroxyl group of a phenol compound with an acid-decomposable group.
- the phenol compound preferably contains 1 to 9 phenol skeletons, more preferably 2 to 6 phenol skeletons.
- the amount of dissolution inhibiting compound added is preferably in the range of 3 to 50 mass %, more preferably 5 to 40 mass % based on the total solids of the composition of the present invention.
- composition of the present invention may further contain a basic compound, an organic solvent, a surfactant, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a compound capable of increasing the solubility in a developer, a compound having a functional group as a proton acceptor, etc.
- composition of the present invention may further contain a basic compound. Any change over time of performance during the period between exposure and baking (postbake) can be reduced by further containing a basic compound. Moreover, the in-film diffusion of an acid generated upon exposure can be controlled by further containing a basic compound.
- the basic compound is a nitrogenous organic compound.
- Useful compounds are not particularly limited. For example, the compounds of the following categories (1) to (4) can be used.
- each of Rs independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
- the organic group is preferably any of a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an aryl group and an aralkyl group.
- the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R is not particularly limited. However, it is generally in the range of 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 12.
- the number of carbon atoms of the cycloalkyl group represented by R is not particularly limited. However, it is generally in the range of 3 to 20, preferably 5 to 15.
- the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group represented by R is not particularly limited. However, it is generally in the range of 6 to 20, preferably 6 to 10. In particular, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group and the like can be mentioned.
- the number of carbon atoms of the aralkyl group represented by R is not particularly limited. However, it is generally in the range of 7 to 20, preferably 7 to 11. In particular, a benzyl group and the like can be mentioned.
- a hydrogen atom thereof may be replaced by a substituent.
- substituent there can be mentioned, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group or the like.
- At least the two of the three Rs are organic groups.
- Specific examples of the compounds of general formula (BS-1) include tri-n-butylamine, tri-n-pentylamine, tri-n-octylamine, tri-n-decylamine, triisodecylamine, dicyclohexylmethylamine, tetradecylamine, pentadecylamine, hexadecylamine, octadecylamine, didecylamine, methyloctadecylamine, dimethylundecylamine, N,N-dimethyldodecylamine, methyldioctadecylamine, N,N-dibutylaniline, N,N-dihexylaniline, 2,6-diisopropylaniline, 2,4,6-tri(t-butyl)aniline and the like.
- any of the compounds in which at least one of the Rs is a hydroxylated alkyl group can be mentioned as a preferred form of the basic compounds.
- Specific examples of the compounds include triethanolamine, N,N-dihydroxyethylaniline and the like.
- an oxygen atom may be present in the alkyl chain to thereby form an oxyalkylene chain.
- the oxyalkylene chain preferably consists of —CH 2 CH 2 O—.
- tris(methoxyethoxyethyl)amine compounds shown by way of example in column 3 line 60 et seq. of U.S. Pat. No. 6,040,112 and the like.
- the heterocyclic structure may optionally have aromaticity. It may have a plurality of nitrogen atoms, and also may have a heteroatom other than nitrogen.
- an imidazole structure (2-phenylbenzoimidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole and the like)
- compounds with a piperidine structure N-hydroxyethylpiperidine, bis(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate and the like
- compounds with a pyridine structure (4-dimethylaminopyridine and the like) and compounds with an antipyrine structure (antipyrine, hydroxyantipyrine and the like).
- compounds with two or more ring structures can be appropriately used.
- 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-ene 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-undec-7-ene and the like.
- the amine compounds with a phenoxy group are those having a phenoxy group at the end of the alkyl group of each of the amine compound opposite to the nitrogen atom.
- the phenoxy group may have a substituent, such as an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, a carboxylic ester group, a sulfonic ester group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an acyloxy group, an aryloxy group or the like.
- Compounds having at least one oxyalkylene chain between the phenoxy group and the nitrogen atom are preferred.
- the number of oxyalkylene chains in each molecule is preferably in the range of 3 to 9, more preferably 4 to 6.
- oxyalkylene chains —CH 2 CH 2 O— is preferred.
- Particular examples thereof include 2-[2- ⁇ 2-(2,2-dimethoxy-phenoxyethoxy)ethyl ⁇ -bis-(2-methoxyethyl)]-amine, compounds (C1-1) to (C3-3) shown by way of example in section [0066] of US 2007/0224539 A1 and the like.
- Ammonium salts can also be appropriately used. Hydroxides and carboxylates are preferred. Preferred particular examples thereof are tetraalkylammonium hydroxides, a typical example of which is tetrabutylammonium hydroxide.
- photosensitive basic compounds may be used as the basic compound.
- photosensitive basic compounds use can be made of, for example, the compounds described in Jpn. PCT National Publication No. 2003-524799, J. Photopolym. Sci&Tech. Vol. 8, p. 543-553 (1995), etc.
- the molecular weight of each of these basic compounds is preferably in the range of 250 to 2000, more preferably 400 to 1000.
- the content of basic compounds based on the total solids of the composition is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 8.0 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 5.0 mass % and most preferably 0.2 to 4.0 mass %.
- composition of the present invention further contains a surfactant.
- the surfactant is preferably a fluorinated and/or siliconized surfactant.
- a surfactant there can be mentioned Megafac F176 or Megafac R08 produced by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc., PF656 or PF6320 produced by OMNOVA SOLUTIONS, INC., Troy Sol S-366 produced by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd., Florad FC430 produced by Sumitomo 3M Ltd., polysiloxane polymer KP-341 produced by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., or the like.
- Surfactants other than these fluorinated and/or siliconized surfactants can also be used.
- the other surfactants include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ethers and the like.
- surfactants can also be appropriately used.
- useful surfactants there can be mentioned, for example, those described in section [0273] et seq of US 2008/0248425 A1.
- surfactants may be used alone or in combination.
- the amount of surfactant added is preferably in the range of 0.0001 to 2 mass %, more preferably 0.001 to 1 mass %, based on the total solids of the composition.
- the solvent that is usable in the preparation of the composition is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve the components of the composition.
- an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether and an ethyl lactate are preferred.
- solvents may be used alone or in combination.
- a hydroxylated solvent When a plurality of solvents are mixed together, it is preferred to mix a hydroxylated solvent with a non-hydroxylated solvent.
- the mass ratio of hydroxylated solvent to non-hydroxylated solvent is in the range of 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10 and more preferably 20/80 to 60/40.
- the hydroxylated solvent is preferably an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether or an alkyl lactate.
- the non-hydroxylated solvent is preferably an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate.
- the ratio of solvents used to the total mass of the composition of the present invention may be regulated so that the concentration of the total solids of the composition falls within the range of 0.5 to 30 mass %, preferably 1.0 to 10 mass %.
- the ratio of solvents may be regulated so that the concentration of the total solids of the composition falls within the range of 2.0 to 6.0 mass %, preferably 2.0 to 4.5 mass %.
- composition of the present invention may further according to necessity contain a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, a compound capable of increasing the solubility in a developer (for example, a phenolic compound of 1000 or less molecular weight or a carboxylated alicyclic or aliphatic compound), etc.
- a compound capable of increasing the solubility in a developer for example, a phenolic compound of 1000 or less molecular weight or a carboxylated alicyclic or aliphatic compound
- the compounds having a functional group as a proton acceptor described in, for example, JP-A's 2006-208781 and 2007-286574 can also be appropriately used in the composition of the present invention.
- the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is applied to a support, such as a substrate, thereby forming a film.
- the thickness of thus obtained resist film is preferably in the range of 0.02 to 0.1 ⁇ m.
- the application to the substrate is preferably carried out by a spin coating method.
- the rotating speed of spin coating is preferably in the range of 1000 to 3000 rpm.
- this composition is applied to any of substrates (e.g., silicon/silicon dioxide coating, silicon nitride and chromium-vapor-deposited quartz substrate, etc.) for use in the production of precision integrated circuit devices, etc. by appropriate application means, such as a spinner or a coater.
- the thus applied composition is dried, thereby forming an actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive film (hereinafter also referred to as a photosensitive film).
- the application of the composition can be preceded by the application of a heretofore known antireflection film.
- the resultant photosensitive film is exposed to actinic rays or radiation, preferably baked (heated), and developed.
- actinic rays or radiation preferably baked (heated), and developed.
- the baking temperature it is preferred for the baking temperature to be in the range of 80 to 150° C., especially 90 to 130° C.
- actinic rays or radiation there can be mentioned, for example, infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far-ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays or electron beams. It is preferred for the actinic rays or radiation to have, for example, a wavelength of 250 nm or shorter, especially 220 nm or shorter.
- actinic rays or radiation there can be mentioned, for example, a KrF excimer laser (248 nm), an ArF excimer laser (193 nm), an F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-rays or electron beams.
- an ArF excimer laser, an F 2 excimer laser, EUV (13 nm) or electron beams As especially preferred actinic rays or radiation.
- liquid-immersion exposure may be carried out in the stage of the exposure to actinic rays or radiation.
- This liquid-immersion exposure can enhance the resolution.
- a film that is highly insoluble in the immersion liquid also referred to as a “top coat” may be disposed on the film and between the film and the immersion liquid.
- a hydrophobic resin HR may be added to the composition in advance.
- the hydrophobic resin (HR) will be described in detail below.
- the hydrophobic resin is localized in a surface portion of the resist film, it is preferred for the hydrophobic resin to contain a fluorine atom or a silicon atom.
- the fluorine atom or silicon atom may be introduced in the principal chain of a resin, or may be contained in a side chain thereof as a substituent.
- the hydrophobic resin (HR) is preferably a resin having an alkyl group containing a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group containing a fluorine atom or an aryl group containing a fluorine atom as a partial structure containing a fluorine atom.
- the alkyl group containing a fluorine atom (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms) is a linear or branched alkyl group having at least one hydrogen atom thereof substituted with a fluorine atom. Further, other substituents may be possessed.
- the cycloalkyl group containing a fluorine atom is a cycloalkyl group of a single ring or multiple rings having at least one hydrogen atom thereof substituted with a fluorine atom. Further, other substituents may be contained.
- aryl group containing a fluorine atom there can be mentioned one having at least one hydrogen atom of an aryl group, such as a phenyl or naphthyl group, substituted with a fluorine atom. Further, other substituents may be contained.
- alkyl groups containing a fluorine atom cycloalkyl groups containing a fluorine atom and aryl groups containing a fluorine atom
- groups of the following general formulae (F2) to (F4) which however in no way limit the scope of the present invention.
- each of R 57 to R 68 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group, provided that at least one of each of R 57 -R 61 , R 62 -R 64 and R 65 -R 68 represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms) having at least one hydrogen atom thereof substituted with a fluorine atom. It is preferred that all of R 57 -R 61 and R 65 -R 67 represent fluorine atoms.
- Each of R 62 , R 63 and R 68 preferably represents an alkyl group (especially having 1 to 4 carbon atoms) having at least one hydrogen atom thereof substituted with a fluorine atom, more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- R 62 and R 63 may be bonded with each other to thereby form a ring.
- groups of the general formula (F2) include a p-fluorophenyl group, a pentafluorophenyl group, a 3,5-di(trifluoromethyl)phenyl group and the like.
- the groups of the general formula (F3) include a trifluoromethyl group, a pentafluoropropyl group, a pentafluoroethyl group, a heptafluorobutyl group, a hexafluoroisopropyl group, a heptafluoroisopropyl group, a hexafluoro(2-methyl)isopropyl group, a nonafluorobutyl group, an octafluoroisobutyl group, a nonafluorohexyl group, a nonafluoro-t-butyl group, a perfluoroisopentyl group, a perfluorooctyl group, a perfluoro(trimethyl)hexyl group, a 2,2,3,3-tetrafluorocyclobutyl group, a perfluorocyclohexyl group and the like.
- a hexafluoroisopropyl group, a heptafluoroisopropyl group, a hexafluoro(2-methyl)isopropyl group, an octafluoroisobutyl group, a nonafluoro-t-butyl group and a perfluoroisopentyl group are preferred.
- a hexafluoroisopropyl group and a heptafluoroisopropyl group are more preferred.
- groups of the general formula (F4) include —C(CF 3 ) 2 OH, —C(C 2 F 5 ) 2 OH, —C(CF 3 )(CF 3 )OH, —CH(CF 3 )OH and the like.
- —C(CF 3 ) 2 OH is preferred.
- the hydrophobic resin (HR) may contain a silicon atom. It is preferred for the resin to have an alkylsilyl structure (preferably a trialkylsilyl group) or a cyclosiloxane structure as a partial structure having a silicon atom.
- alkylsilyl structure or cyclosiloxane structure there can be mentioned, for example, any of the groups of the following general formulae (CS-1) to (CS-3) or the like.
- each of R 12 to R 26 independently represents a linear or branched alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) or a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms).
- Each of L 3 to L 5 represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group.
- the bivalent connecting group there can be mentioned any one or a combination of two or more groups selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group, a phenylene group, an ether group, a thioether group, a carbonyl group, an ester group, an amido group, a urethane group and a urea group.
- n is an integer of 1 to 5. n is preferably an integer of 2 to 4.
- hydrophobic resin (HR) may have at least one group selected from among the following groups (x) to (z):
- alkali soluble group (x) generally known compounds can be used.
- preferred alkali soluble groups there can be mentioned a fluoroalcohol group (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol), a sulfonimido group and a bis(carbonyl)methylene group.
- the content of repeating units having an alkali soluble group (x) is preferably in the range of 1 to 50 mol %, more preferably 3 to 35 mol % and still more preferably 5 to 20 mol % based on all the repeating units of the polymer.
- the group (y) that is decomposed by the action of an alkali developer, resulting in an increase of solubility in the alkali developer there can be mentioned, for example, a group having a lactone structure, an acid anhydride group, an acid imide group or the like.
- a group having a lactone structure is preferred.
- repeating unit having a group (y) that is decomposed by the action of an alkali developer, resulting in an increase of solubility in the alkali developer preferred use is made of both of a repeating unit resulting from bonding of a group (y) that is decomposed by the action of an alkali developer, resulting in an increase of solubility in the alkali developer, to the principal chain of a resin such as a repeating unit of acrylic ester or methacrylic ester, and a repeating unit resulting from polymerization with the use of a chain transfer agent or polymerization initiator having a group (y) resulting in an increase of solubility in an alkali developer to thereby introduce the same in a polymer chain terminal.
- the content of repeating units having a group (y) resulting in an increase of solubility in an alkali developer is preferably in the range of 1 to 40 mol %, more preferably 3 to 30 mol % and still more preferably 5 to 15 mol % based on all the repeating units of the polymer.
- repeating units having a group (y) resulting in an increase of solubility in an alkali developer there can be mentioned those similar to the repeating units having a lactone structure set forth with respect to the resins as the component (B).
- repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid in the hydrophobic resin (HR) there can be mentioned those similar to the repeating units having an acid decomposable group set forth with respect to the resin (A).
- the content of repeating units having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid in the hydrophobic resin (HR) is preferably in the range of 1 to 80 mol %, more preferably 10 to 80 mol % and still more preferably 20 to 60 mol % based on all the repeating units of the polymer.
- the hydrophobic resin (HR) may further have any of the repeating units of general formula (III), below.
- R c31 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, a cyano group or —CH 2 —O-Rac 2 group, wherein Rac 2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group.
- R c31 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, especially preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- R c32 represents a group having any of an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group and a cycloalkenyl group. These groups may optionally be substituted with a fluorine atom or a silicon atom.
- L c3 represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group.
- the alkyl group represented by R c32 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
- the cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
- the alkenyl group is preferably an alkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
- the cycloalkenyl group is preferably a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
- R c32 represents an unsubstituted alkyl group or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
- the bivalent connecting group represented by L c3 is preferably an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), an oxy group, a phenylene group or an ester bond (group of the formula —COO—).
- the amount of the hydrophobic resin (HR) added is generally in the range of 0.01 to 10 mass %, preferably 0.05 to 8 mass % and more preferably 0.1 to 5 mass %, based on the total solid of the composition.
- an alkali developer is usually employed.
- an inorganic alkali such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate or aqueous ammonia
- a primary amine such as ethylamine or n-propylamine
- a secondary amine such as diethylamine or di-n-butylamine
- a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or methyldiethylamine
- an alcoholamine such as dimethylethanolamine or triethanolamine
- a quaternary ammonium salt such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide or tetraethylammonium hydroxide
- a cycloamine such as pyrrole or piperidine, or the like.
- Appropriate amounts of an alcohol and/or a surfactant may be added to the above alkali developer.
- the alkali concentration of the alkali developer is generally in the range of 0.1 to 20 mass %.
- the pH value of the alkali developer is generally in the range of 10.0 to 15.0.
- the resultant solid was dissolved in 100 ml of methanol, and 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide A was added to the solution and agitated for two hours. The solvent was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue. The thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water. The solvent was distilled off, thereby obtaining 23.5 g of desired white solid compound (A1-1).
- the obtained reaction liquid was poured in 500 ml of ethyl acetate and 500 ml of dilute hydrochloric acid, and liquid separation was carried out.
- the thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water, and the solvent was removed.
- the residue was dissolved in 200 ml of methanol, and 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide was added to the solution and agitated for two hours.
- the solvent was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue.
- the thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water.
- the solvent was removed, and the residue was purified through a silica gel column, thereby obtaining 15.6 g of compound A1-11.
- the resultant solid was dissolved in 100 ml of methanol, and 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide was added to the solution and agitated for two hours.
- the solvent was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue.
- the thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water. The solvent was removed, and the residue was purified through a silica gel column, thereby obtaining 10.7 g of compound A1-13.
- the obtained reaction liquid was poured in 500 ml of ethyl acetate and 500 ml of dilute hydrochloric acid, and liquid separation was carried out.
- the thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water, and the solvent was removed.
- the residue was dissolved in 200 ml of methanol, and 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide was added to the solution and agitated for two hours.
- the solvent was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue.
- the thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water.
- the solvent was removed, and the residue was purified through a silica gel column, thereby obtaining 17.4 g of compound A1-14.
- the resultant solid was dissolved in 100 ml of methanol, and 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide was added to the solution and agitated for two hours.
- the solvent was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue.
- the thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water. The solvent was removed, and the residue was purified through a silica gel column, thereby obtaining 9.9 g of compound A1-16.
- the solvent was removed, and 100 ml of methanol and 100 ml of 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution were added to the residue and agitated for an hour. Methanol was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue. The thus obtained organic phase was washed with saturated saline twice. The solvent was distilled off, and the thus obtained solid was washed with hexane. The resultant solid was dissolved in 100 ml of methanol, and 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide was added to the solution and agitated for two hours. The solvent was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue. The thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water. The solvent was removed, and the residue was purified through a silica gel column, thereby obtaining 11.8 g of compound A1-17.
- the solvent was removed, and 100 ml of methanol and 100 ml of 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution were added to the residue and agitated for an hour. Methanol was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue. The thus obtained organic phase was washed with saturated saline twice. The solvent was distilled off, and the thus obtained solid was washed with hexane. The resultant solid was dissolved in 100 ml of methanol, and 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide was added to the solution and agitated for two hours. The solvent was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue. The thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water. The solvent was removed, and the residue was purified through a silica gel column, thereby obtaining 10.5 g of compound A1-19.
- the mixture was agitated for 30 minutes, and 10 ml of triethylamine and 4.50 g of trifluorosulfonamide were added thereto.
- the mixture was agitated at 0° C. for an hour, and 200 ml of distilled water was added thereto.
- the thus obtained organic phase was washed with saturated saline twice.
- the solvent was distilled off, and the thus obtained solid was dissolved in 100 ml of methanol.
- 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide A was added to the solution and agitated for two hours.
- the solvent was distilled off, and the thus obtained solid was dissolved in 100 ml of methanol.
- An organic antireflection film ARC29A (produced by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was applied onto a silicon wafer and baked at 205° C. for 60 seconds, thereby forming a 78 nm-thick antireflection film.
- Each of the prepared positive resist compositions was applied thereonto and baked at 130° C. for 60 seconds, thereby forming a 120 nm-thick resist film.
- the resultant wafer was exposed through a 6% half-tone mask of 75 nm 1:1 line and space pattern by means of an ArF excimer laser scanner (manufactured by ASML, PAS5500/1100, NA0.75). Thereafter, the exposed wafer was baked at 130° C. for 60 seconds, developed with an aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (2.38 mass %) for 30 seconds, rinsed with pure water and spin dried, thereby obtaining a resist pattern.
- TMAH aqueous tetramethylammonium hydroxide
- the sensitivity was defined as the exposure amount in which the dissolution rate of the resist was saturated on the sensitivity curve. Further, the dissolution contrast ( ⁇ value) was calculated from the gradient of the straight line portion of the sensitivity curve. The larger the ⁇ value, the more favorable the dissolution contrast and the greater the advantage in resolution.
- the profile realized in the optimum exposure amount was observed by means of a scanning electron microscope (SEM).
- Each of the resist compositions was stored at room temperature for a month.
- the degree of sensitivity change by the storage was evaluated on the following judgment criteria.
- the employed components are as follows.
- the acid generators (A1) are those mentioned hereinbefore by way of example.
- the structures of comparative compounds 1 to 6 are shown below.
- resins (RA-1) to (RA-4) shown below was used as resin (B).
- the numerics appearing on the right side of individual repeating units indicate a molar ratio of repeating units.
- Mw means the weight average molecular weight
- Mw/Mn means the molecular weight dispersity.
- W-2 Megafac R08 (produced by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc.; fluorinated and siliconized),
- W-3 polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (produced by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.; siliconized), and
- W-4 Troy Sol S-366 (produced by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd.; fluorinated).
- solvents A1 to A4 and B1 and B2 were used. These solvents were used in appropriate combination.
- A1 propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
- the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention excels in all of the sensitivity, resolution, pattern profile, LER and aging stability.
- a resist solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example A except that 0.06 g of polymer shown below was added to the composition of Example 1A.
- the resist solution was applied in the same manner, thereby obtaining a resist film.
- the obtained resist film was patternwise exposed through an immersion liquid (pure water) by means of an ArF excimer laser liquid immersion scanner (manufactured by ASML, XT1700i, NA1.20), and pattern formation was carried out in the same manner as in Example A. It was ascertained that with respect to the obtained patterns, similar evaluation results were obtained in all of the sensitivity, resolution ( ⁇ ), LER, pattern configuration and aging stability.
- Each of the obtained positive resist solutions was uniformly applied onto a silicon substrate having undergone a hexamethyldisilazane treatment by means of a spin coater, and heated and dried on a hot plate at 120° C. for 90 seconds, thereby obtaining a 0.4 ⁇ m-thick resist film.
- TMAH aqueous tetramethylammonium hydroxide
- the sensitivity was defined as the exposure amount in which the dissolution rate of the resist was saturated on the sensitivity curve. Further, the dissolution contrast ( ⁇ value) was calculated from the gradient of the straight line portion of the sensitivity curve. The larger the ⁇ value, the more favorable the dissolution contrast and the greater the advantage in resolution.
- the profile realized in the optimum exposure amount was observed by means of a scanning electron microscope (SEM).
- Each of the resist compositions was stored at room temperature for a month.
- the degree of sensitivity change by the storage was evaluated on the following judgment criteria.
- the employed acid generators (A1), basic compounds, surfactants and solvents had been appropriately selected from among those mentioned hereinbefore.
- the jointly used acid generator (A2) was compound Z shown below.
- the employed resins (B) had been appropriately selected from among the resins (R-1) to (R-30) mentioned hereinbefore by way of example.
- the molar ratio of individual repeating units and weight average molecular weight of each of the resins (R-8), (R-14), (R-17), (R-18) and (R-19) appearing in Table 2 and the following tables are as indicated in Table 3 below.
- the composition of the present invention excels in the sensitivity, resolution, LER, pattern configuration and aging stability. Namely, it is apparent that the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention exhibits excellent performance as a positive resist composition for use in KrF excimer laser exposure.
- Each of the prepared positive resist solutions was uniformly applied onto a silicon substrate having undergone a hexamethyldisilazane treatment by means of a spin coater, and heated and dried on a hot plate at 120° C. for 60 seconds, thereby obtaining a 0.12 ⁇ m-thick resist film.
- Each of the resist films was irradiated with electron beams by means of an electron beam projection lithography system (acceleration voltage 100 KeV) manufactured by Nikon Corporation.
- the film was baked on a hot plate at 120° C. for 90 seconds. Thereafter, the baked film was developed with a 2.38 mass % aqueous tetramethylammonium hydroxide solution at 23° C. for 60 seconds. After the development, the film was rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds and dried. Thus, a line-and-space pattern was formed.
- the resolution was defined as the limiting resolving power of 1:1 line space (minimum line width at which the line and space were separated and resolved from each other) in the exposure amount exhibiting the above sensitivity.
- Exposure to electron beams was carried out in the exposure amount equal to 2.0 times the exposure amount realizing the above sensitivity.
- the film thickness after the exposure but before postbake was measured, and the ratio of change from the film thickness before the exposure was calculated by the following formula.
- Ratio of change in film thickness (%) [(film thickness before exposure ⁇ film thickness after exposure)/(film thickness before exposure)] ⁇ 100.
- the aging stability was evaluated by the same method as in Example A.
- the composition of the present invention excels in the sensitivity, resolution, LER, out gas performance and aging stability. Namely, it is apparent that the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention exhibits excellent performance as a positive resist composition for use in electron beam exposure.
- Each of the prepared negative resist solutions was uniformly applied onto a silicon substrate having undergone a hexamethyldisilazane treatment by means of a spin coater, and heated and dried on a hot plate at 120° C. for 60 seconds, thereby obtaining a 0.12 ⁇ m-thick resist film.
- Each of the resist films was irradiated with electron beams by means of an electron beam projection lithography system (acceleration voltage 100 KeV) manufactured by Nikon Corporation.
- the film was baked on a hot plate at 120° C. for 90 seconds. Thereafter, the baked film was developed with a 2.38 mass % aqueous tetramethylammonium hydroxide solution at 23° C. for 60 seconds. After the development, the film was rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds and dried. Thus, a line-and-space pattern was formed.
- the composition of the present invention excels in the sensitivity, resolution, LER, out gas performance and aging stability. Namely, it is apparent that the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention exhibits excellent performance as a negative resist composition for use in electron beam exposure.
- Each of the prepared positive resist solutions was uniformly applied onto a silicon substrate having undergone a hexamethyldisilazane treatment by means of a spin coater, and heated and dried on a hot plate at 120° C. for 60 seconds, thereby obtaining a 0.12 ⁇ m-thick resist film.
- a scanning electron microscope (model S-9220, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) the distance between actual edge and a reference line on which edges were to be present was measured on arbitrary 30 points within 50 ⁇ m in the longitudinal direction of the pattern. The standard deviation of measured distances was determined, and 3 ⁇ was computed therefrom.
- the ratio of change in film thickness by EUV exposure was determined in the same manner as described above with respect to the method of evaluating outgas performance in Example D.
- the aging stability was evaluated by the same method as in Example A.
- the composition of the present invention excels in the sensitivity, LER, out gas performance and aging stability. Namely, it is apparent that the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention exhibits excellent performance as a positive resist composition for use in EUV exposure.
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
- Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
- Power Engineering (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Ceramic Engineering (AREA)
- Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
- Exposure And Positioning Against Photoresist Photosensitive Materials (AREA)
Abstract
-
- in which
- W1 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group,
- W2 represents a bivalent connecting group,
- W3 represents an optionally substituted organic group having 15 or more carbon atoms, and
- Z represents a hydroxyl group or a fluoroalkylsulfonamido group having at least one fluorine atom introduced therein as a substituent.
Description
- This application is based upon and claims the benefit of priority from prior Japanese Patent Applications No. 2009-227030, filed Sep. 30, 2009; and No. 2010-030630, filed Feb. 15, 2010, the entire contents of both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- 1. Field of the Invention
- The present invention relates to an actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition that when exposed to actinic rays or radiation, makes a reaction to thereby change its properties and a method of forming a pattern using the composition. More particularly, the present invention relates to an actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition for use in a semiconductor production process for an IC or the like, the production of a liquid crystal, a thermal head or the like, the fabrication of a nanoimprint mold structure, other photofabrication processes, a lithographic printing plate and a thermosetting composition and also relates to a method of forming a pattern with the use of the composition.
- In the present invention, the terms “actinic rays” and “radiation” mean, for example, brightline spectra from a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet, X-rays, electron beams and the like. In the present invention, the term “light” means actinic rays or radiation.
- 2. Description of the Related Art
- A resist composition of chemical amplification type is a pattern forming material that is capable of, upon exposure to far ultraviolet or other radiation, generating an acid in exposed areas and, by a reaction catalyzed by the acid, changing the solubility in a developer between the areas having been exposed to actinic radiation and the nonexposed areas to thereby attain pattern formation on a substrate.
- When a KrF excimer laser is used as an exposure light source, a resin whose fundamental skeleton is composed of a poly(hydroxystyrene) exhibiting a low absorption mainly in the region of 248 nm is employed as a major component of a resist composition. Accordingly, there can be attained a high sensitivity, high resolution and favorable pattern formation. Thus, a system superior to the conventional naphthoquinone diazide/novolak resin system is realized.
- However, in using a light source of a further shorter wavelength, for example, an exposure light source of an ArF excimer laser (193 nm), as the compounds containing aromatic groups inherently exhibit a sharp absorption in the region of 193 nm, the above-mentioned chemical amplification system has not been satisfactory.
- Consequently, resists for ArF excimer laser containing a resin with an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure have been developed.
- It is of conventional practice to use compounds capable of generating a perfluoroalkanesulfonic acid, such as trifluoromethanesulfonic acid or nonafluorobutanesulfonic acid, as a photoacid generator. To now, it has been proposed to use photosensitive compositions comprising compounds capable of generating specified sulfonic acids (see, for example, patent references 1 to 4) and to use photosensitive compositions comprising a compound capable of generating any of specified sulfonic acids and a resin that when acted on by an acid, is decomposed to thereby increase its solubility in an alkali developer (see, for example, patent references 5 and 6).
- When use is made of, for example, a light source emitting electron beams, X-rays or EUV, the exposure is carried out in vacuum. This tends to cause any low-boiling-point compounds, such as solvents, and resist materials decomposed by high energy to evaporate to thereby dirty the exposure apparatus. This outgas problem is becoming serious. In recent years, various researches have been made on the reduction of the outgas. Various proposals have been made, which include a proposal to inhibit the evaporation of low-molecular compounds by providing a top coat layer (see, for example, patent reference 7) and a proposal to add a radical trapping agent for the inhibition of any polymer decomposition (see, for example, patent reference 8). For the acid generator as well, an ingenuity for outgas reduction is demanded.
- Now, there is a demand in the art for the development of a photosensitive composition that is enhanced in not only the outgas reduction but also the sensitivity, resolution, pattern configuration, roughness characteristic, aging stability, etc. through improvement of such acid generators.
- In particular, the roughness characteristic and resolution become serious in accordance with the reduction of the pattern dimension. In the lithography using X-rays, electron beams or EUV, as the formation of a fine pattern of several tens of nanometers is targeted, the demand for excelling in the resolution and roughness characteristic is especially strong.
-
- [Patent reference 1] Jpn. Pat. Appln. KOKAI Publication No. (hereinafter referred to as JP-A-) 2003-140332,
- [Patent reference 2] European Patent Publication No. 1270553,
- [Patent reference 3] International Publication No. 02/042845 (pamphlet),
- [Patent reference 4] JP-A-2005-266766,
- [Patent reference 5] JP-A-2002-131897,
- [Patent reference 6] JP-A-2002-214774,
- [Patent reference 7] European Patent No. 1480078, and
- [Patent reference 8] U.S. Pat. No. 6,680,157.
- It is an object of the present invention to provide an actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition excelling in the sensitivity, resolution, roughness characteristic, pattern configuration, aging stability and outgas performance. It is another object of the present invention to provide a method of forming a pattern using the composition.
- The above objects can be attained by using a novel compound capable of generating a strong acid whose diffusion is inhibited.
- Namely, the above objects can be attained by, for example, the following.
- (1) An actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, comprising a compound that when exposed to actinic rays or radiation, generates any of acids of general formula (I) below,
- in which
- W1 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group,
- W2 represents a bivalent connecting group,
- W3 represents an optionally substituted organic group having 15 or more carbon atoms, and
- Z represents a hydroxyl group or a fluoroalkylsulfonamido group having at least one fluorine atom introduced therein as a substituent.
- (2) The actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to item (1), wherein in general formula (I), W3 represents an optionally substituted organic group having 20 or more carbon atoms.
- (3) The actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to item (1) or (2), wherein in general formula (I), W1 represents an alkylene group containing at least one fluorine atom.
- (4) The actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any of items (1) to (3), wherein the acids of general formula (I) are compounds of general formula (I-1) below,
- in which
- each of Rf's independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, and x is an integer of 1 or greater,
- G represents a single bond, an alkylene group optionally containing an ether oxygen, a cycloalkylene group optionally containing an ether oxygen, an arylene group or a group composed of a combination of these, provided that combined groups may be linked to each other through an oxygen atom,
- Ar represents an aromatic ring optionally containing a heteroatom, in which a substituent other than -(A-B) groups may further be introduced,
- A represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group, B represents a hydrocarbon group, and n is an integer of 1 or greater,
- Z represents a hydroxyl group, or a fluoroalkylsulfonamido group having at least one fluorine atom introduced therein as a substituent, and
- L represents a bivalent connecting group, and y is an integer of 0 or greater, provided that -(L)y- does not represent —SO2—O—,
- provided that when x, y and n are each 2 or greater, Rf—C—Rf's, L's and A-B's may each be identical to or different from each other.
- (5) The actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to item (4), wherein in general formula (I-1), B is a hydrocarbon group having 3 or more carbon atoms.
- (6) The actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to item (4) or (5), wherein in general formula (I-1), B is a hydrocarbon group having 3 or more carbon atoms in which a tertiary or quaternary carbon atom is contained.
- (7) The actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any of items (4) to (6), wherein in general formula (I-1), B is a cyclohydrocarbon group having 3 or more carbon atoms.
- (8) The actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any of items (4) to (7), wherein in general formula (I-1), n is an integer of 2 or greater.
- (9) The actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any of items (4) to (8), wherein in general formula (I-1), n is an integer of 3 or greater.
- (10) The actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to item (1) or (2), wherein the acids of general formula (I) are compounds of general formula (I-2) below,
- in which
- each of Rf's independently represents a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, and x is an integer of 1 or greater,
- G represents a single bond, an alkylene group optionally containing an ether oxygen, a cycloalkylene group optionally containing an ether oxygen, an arylene group or a group composed of a combination of these, provided that combined groups may be linked to each other through an oxygen atom,
- Ar represents an aromatic ring optionally containing a heteroatom, in which a substituent other than -(A-B) groups may further be introduced,
- A represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group, B represents a hydrocarbon group, and n is an integer of 1 or greater, and
- Z represents a hydroxyl group, or a fluoroalkylsulfonamido group having at least one fluorine atom introduced therein as a substituent,
- provided that when x and n are each 2 or greater, Rf—C—Rf's and A-B's may each be identical to or different from each other.
- (11) The actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to item (10), wherein in general formula (I-2), B is a cyclohydrocarbon group having 3 or more carbon atoms.
- (12) The actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to item (10) or (11), wherein in general formula (I-2), n is an integer of 2 or greater.
- (13) The actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any of items (10) to (12), wherein in general formula (I-2), n is an integer of 3 or greater.
- (14) The actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any of items (1) to (13), further comprising a resin that when acted on by an acid, is decomposed to thereby increase its solubility in an alkali developer.
- (15) The actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any of items (1) to (13), further comprising a resin soluble in an alkali developer and an acid crosslinking agent capable of crosslinking with the resin soluble in an alkali developer under the action of an acid.
- (16) A resist film formed from the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any of items (1) to (15).
- (17) A method of forming a pattern, comprising forming the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any of items (1) to (15) into a film, exposing the film and developing the exposed film.
- (18) The method of forming a pattern according to item (17), wherein the exposure is performed using X-rays, electron beams or EUV.
- The present invention has made it feasible to provide an actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition excelling in the sensitivity, resolution, roughness characteristic, pattern configuration, aging stability and outgas performance and to provide a method of forming a pattern using the composition.
- The present invention will be described in detail below.
- With respect to the expression of a group (atomic group) used in this specification, the expression even when there is no mention of “substituted and unsubstituted” encompasses groups not only having no substituent but also having substituents. For example, the expression “alkyl groups” encompasses not only alkyls having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyls) but also alkyls having substituents (substituted alkyls).
- The present invention has been made on the basis of finding of compounds (acid generators, hereinafter also referred to as “acid generators (A1)”) that when exposed to actinic rays or radiation appropriate for an actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, generate novel acids of general formula (I).
- The photosensitive composition comprising any of the acid generators (A1) may be a positive or a negative actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
- The positive actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition (preferably, positive resist composition) of the present invention may comprise any of the acid generators (A1) and a resin (B) that when acted on by an acid, is decomposed to thereby increase its solubility in an alkali developer.
- The negative actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition (preferably, negative resist composition) of the present invention may comprise any of the acid generators (A1), a resin soluble in alkali developers (C) and an acid crosslinking agent (D) that crosslinks with the resin soluble in alkali developers (C) under the action of an acid.
- [1] Compound that when Exposed to Actinic Rays or Radiation, Generates any of Acids of General Formula (I)
- The acid generators (A1) contained in the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, when exposed to actinic rays or radiation, generate the acids of general formula (I) below.
- In the formula, W1 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group.
- W2 represents a bivalent connecting group.
- W3 represents an optionally substituted organic group having 15 or more carbon atoms.
- Z represents a hydroxyl group or a fluoroalkylsulfonamido group having at least one fluorine atom introduced therein as a substituent.
- W1 is preferably an alkylene group containing at least one fluorine atom, more preferably any of the fluoroalkylene groups of the following formula.
- In the formula, each of Rf's independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom, and x is an integer of 1 or greater. When x is 2 or greater, the parenthesized Rf—C—Rf's may be identical to or different from each other.
- Rf is preferably a fluorine atom, CF3, C2F5, C3F7, C4F9, C5F11, C6F13, C7F15, C8F17, CH2CF3, CH2CH2CF3, CH2C2F5, CH2CH2C2F5, CH2C3F7, CH2CH2C3F7, CH2C4F9, CH2CH2C4F9 or the like. Of these, a fluorine atom and a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms are preferred. A fluorine atom and CF3 are more preferred. A fluorine atom is most preferred. In the formula, x is preferably 1 to 8, more preferably 1 to 4.
- W2 represents a bivalent connecting group. W2 in its one form contains at least one oxygen atom.
- W2 is preferably any of the bivalent connecting groups of the following formula.
- In the formula, G represents a single bond, an alkylene group optionally containing an ether oxygen, a cycloalkylene group optionally containing an ether oxygen, an arylene group or a group composed of a combination of these, provided that combined groups may be linked to each other through an oxygen atom.
- The alkylene group or cycloalkylene group represented by G is preferably a linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group or a 1,4-cyclohexylene group). The hydrogen atoms thereof bonded to carbon may be wholly or partially replaced by fluorine atoms. An ether oxygen may be contained therein.
- The arylene group represented by G is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, phenylene or naphthylene). The hydrogen atoms thereof bonded to carbon may be wholly or partially replaced by fluorine atoms. These alkylene groups, cycloalkylene groups and arylene groups may be used individually or in combination. When used in combination, these alkylene groups, cycloalkylene groups and arylene groups can be combined together through an oxygen atom.
- L represents a bivalent connecting group, and y is an integer of 0 or greater.
- As the bivalent connecting group, there can be mentioned, for example, —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO2—, —SO3—, —NH—, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group or an alkenylene group. Of these, —COO—, —OCO—, —CO—, —O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO2— and —SO3— are preferred. —COO—, —OCO—, —SO2— and —SO3— are more preferred.
- In the formula, y is preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably 0 to 2. When y is 2 or greater, the parenthesized L's may be identical to or different from each other.
- The bivalent connecting group represented by -G-(L)y- in its one form contains at least one oxygen atom.
- A substituent may be introduced in the organic group represented by W3. As the organic group, there can be mentioned an aliphatic or aromatic group having 15 or more carbon atoms. The aliphatic or aromatic group may contain a heteroatom.
- W3 is preferably any of the aromatic rings each having 15 or more carbon atoms of the following formula.
- Ar represents an aromatic ring optionally containing a heteroatom, in which a substituent other than -(A-B) groups may further be introduced, and n is an integer of 1 or greater.
- The aromatic ring represented by Ar is preferably one having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, in which a heteroatom may be contained. In particular, as the aromatic ring, there can be mentioned a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a pentalene ring, an indene ring, an azulene ring, a heptalene ring, an indecene ring, a perylene ring, a pentacene ring, an acenaphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring, a naphthacene ring, a chrysene ring, a triphenylene ring, a fluorene ring, a biphenyl ring, a pyrrole ring, a furan ring, a thiophene ring, an imidazole ring, an oxazole ring, a thiazole ring, a pyridine ring, a pyrazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyridazine ring, an iodolizine ring, an indole ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, an isobenzofuran ring, a quinolizine ring, a quinoline ring, a phthalazine ring, a naphthyridine ring, a quinoxaline ring, a quinoxazoline ring, an isoquinoline ring, a carbazole ring, a phenanthridine ring, an acridine ring, a phenanthroline ring, a thianthrene ring, a chromene ring, a xanthene ring, a phenoxathiin ring, a phenothiazine ring, a phenazine ring or the like. Of these, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring and an anthracene ring are preferred from the viewpoint of simultaneous attainment of roughness enhancement and sensitivity increase. A benzene ring is more preferred.
- A represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group. As preferred examples of the bivalent connecting groups represented by A, there can be mentioned any one selected from among an alkylene group, —O—, —S—, —C(═O)—, —S(═O)—, —S(═O)2— and —OS(═O)2—, and a combination thereof.
- It is preferred for A to have a small number of carbon atoms from the viewpoint of resolution and roughness. A is preferably a single bond, —O—, —CO2— or —S—. A single bond is most preferred.
- B represents a hydrocarbon group in which a substituent may be introduced. B is preferably a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 30 carbon atoms. Further more preferably, B is a group containing a hydrocarbon group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms in which a tertiary or quaternary carbon atom is contained.
- When n is 2 or greater, the individual -(A-B)'s may be identical to or different from each other.
- The hydrocarbon group represented by B may be an aliphatic group or an aromatic group. An aliphatic group is preferred. The aliphatic group may be a noncyclic hydrocarbon group or a cycloaliphatic group.
- As the noncyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms in which a tertiary or quaternary carbon atom is contained, there can be mentioned an isopropyl group, a t-butyl group, a t-pentyl group, a neopentyl group, an s-butyl group, an isobutyl group, an isohexyl group, a 3,3-dimethylpentyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group or the like. The noncyclic hydrocarbon group is preferably one having 5 to 20 carbon atoms. A substituent may be introduced in the noncyclic hydrocarbon group.
- As the cycloaliphatic group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, there can be mentioned a cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group or a cyclooctyl group, an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, a bornyl group, a camphenyl group, a decahydronaphthyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a camphoroyl group, a dicyclohexyl group, a pinenyl group or the like. The cycloaliphatic group is preferably one having 5 to 20 carbon atoms. A substituent may be introduced in the cycloaliphatic group.
- As substituents that may be introduced in the noncyclic hydrocarbon groups and cycloaliphatic groups, there can be mentioned, for example, a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group or a tert-butoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group or a p-tolyloxy group; an alkylthioxy group such as a methylthioxy group, an ethylthioxy group or a tert-butylthioxy group; an arylthioxy group such as a phenylthioxy group or a p-tolylthioxy group; an alkoxycarbonyl group such as a methoxycarbonyl group or a butoxycarbonyl group; an aryloxycarbonyl group such as a phenoxycarbonyl group; an acetoxy group; a linear or branched alkyl group such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a heptyl group, a hexyl group, a dodecyl group or a 2-ethylhexyl group; a cycloalkyl group such as a cyclohexyl group; an alkenyl group such as a vinyl group, a propenyl group or a hexenyl group; an alkynyl group such as an acetylene group, a propynyl group or a hexynyl group; an aryl group such as a phenyl group or a tolyl group; a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonate group, a carbonyl group, and the like. Of these, a linear or branched alkyl group is preferred from the viewpoint of simultaneous attainment of roughness enhancement and sensitivity increase.
- Specific examples of the groups containing these cycloaliphatic groups or noncyclic hydrocarbon groups will be shown below. In the formulae, * represents the site of bonding to A (when A is a single bond, Ar).
- Among the above structures, the following structures are preferred.
- It is preferred for the group containing a hydrocarbon group having 4 or more carbon atoms in which a tertiary or quaternary carbon atom is contained, represented by B, to be a cycloaliphatic group from the viewpoint of resolution and roughness. Among the above cycloaliphatic groups, a cycloalkyl group, an adamantyl group and a norbornyl group are preferred from the viewpoint of roughness enhancement. A cycloalkyl group is more preferred. Among the cycloalkyl groups, a cyclohexyl group is most preferred.
- In the formula, n is an integer of 1 or greater. From the viewpoint of roughness enhancement, it is preferred for n to be in the range of 2 to 5, especially 2 to 4. Most preferably, n is 3.
- It is preferred for the substitution with the -(A-B) group to take place at least one o-position with respect to the site of L substitution from the viewpoint of roughness enhancement. More preferably, the substitution with the -(A-B) group takes place at two o-positions mentioned above.
- A substituent other than -(A-B) groups may further be introduced in the aromatic ring represented by Ar.
- As preferred examples of such other substituents, there can be mentioned a halogen group such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonate group, a nitro group, a cyano group, an amino group, a formyl group, an amido group, a formylamino group and the like.
- When Z is a fluoroalkylsulfonamido group, general formula (I) in its one form is expressed by general formula (I′) below.
- In the formula, R represents an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom. R is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group. CF3, C2F5, C3F7, C4F9 and C5F11 are more preferred.
- The acids of general formula (I) in preferred forms thereof are expressed by general formula (I-1) or general formula (I-2) below.
- In the formulae, Z, Rf, G, L, Ar, A, B, x, y and n are as defined above except for the following.
- Namely, in general formula (I-1), -(L)y- does not represent —SO2—O—. Further, in general formula (I-2), the carbon atom of B bonded to A (when A is a single bond, Ar) is not quaternary.
- The compounds (A1) that when exposed to actinic rays or radiation, generate the acids of general formula (I-1) in particular forms thereof are expressed by general formula (II-1) or (II′-1) below.
- In the formulae, R is as defined above in connection with general formula (I′). Rf, G, L, Ar, A, B, x, y and n are as defined above in connection with general formula (I-1).
- M+ represents an organic onium ion.
- The compounds (A1) that when exposed to actinic rays or radiation, generate the acids of general formula (I-2) in particular forms thereof are expressed by general formula (II-2) or (II′-2) below.
- In the formulae, R is as defined above in connection with general formula (I′). Rf, G, L, Ar, A, B, x, y and n are as defined above in connection with general formula (I-2).
- M+ represents an organic onium ion.
- The organic onium ion represented by M+ in general formulae (II-1), (II′-1), (II-2) and (II′-2) in its one form is any of the onium ions of general formulae (ZI) and (ZII) below.
- In general formula (ZI) above, each of R201, R202 and R203 independently represents an organic group. The number of carbon atoms of each of the organic groups represented by R201, R202 and R203 is, for example, in the range of 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 20.
- Two of R201 to R203 may be bonded to each other through a single bond or a bivalent connecting group to thereby form a ring structure. As the bivalent connecting group, there can be mentioned, for example, an ether group, a thioether group, an ester group, an amido group, a carbonyl group, a methylene group and an ethylene group. As the group formed by bonding of two of R201 to R203, there can be mentioned, for example, an alkylene group such as a butylene group or a pentylene group.
- As the organic groups represented by R201, R202 and R203, there can be mentioned, for example, corresponding groups of the following compounds (ZI-1), (ZI-2) and (ZI-3).
- The photo acid generators (A1) may be compounds with two or more of the structures of general formula (ZI). For example, use may be made of compounds having a structure wherein at least one of R201 to R203 of a cation of general formula (ZI) is bonded to at least one of R201 to R203 of another cation of general formula (ZI).
- As preferred (ZI) components, there can be mentioned the following cations (ZI-1), (ZI-2) and (ZI-3).
- Cations (ZI-1) are arylsulfonium cations of general formula (ZI) wherein at least one of R201 to R203 is an aryl group.
- In the cations (ZI-1), all of the R201 to R203 may be aryl groups. It is also appropriate that the R201 to R203 are partially an aryl group and the remainder is an alkyl group. When each of the compounds (ZI-1) contains a plurality of aryl groups, the aryl groups may be identical to or different from each other.
- As the cations (ZI-1), there can be mentioned, for example, a triarylsulfonium ion, a diarylalkylsulfonium ion and an aryldialkylsulfonium ion.
- The aryl group of the cations (ZI-1) is preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or a heteroaryl group such as an indole residue, a pyrrole residue or the like. The aryl group is more preferably a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or an indole residue.
- The alkyl group contained in the cation (ZI-1) according to necessity is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms. As such, there can be mentioned, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclohexyl group or the like.
- The aryl group and alkyl group represented by R201 to R203 may have a substituent. As the substituent, there can be mentioned an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 14 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a phenylthio group.
- Preferred substituents are a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms and a linear, branched or cyclic alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. More preferred substituents are an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The substituents may be contained in any one of the three R201 to R203, or alternatively may be contained in all three of R201 to R203. When R201 to R203 represent a phenyl group, the substituent preferably lies at the p-position of the aryl group.
- It is also appropriate that any one or two of the three R201 to R203 is an optionally substituted aryl group and the remainder is a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group. As particular examples of the structures, there can be mentioned the structures described in Paragraphs 0141 to 0153 of JP-A-2004-210670.
- As the aryl group, there can be mentioned the same aryl groups as mentioned with respect to R201 to R203. It is preferred for the aryl group to have a substituent selected from a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group and an alkyl group. More preferred substituent is an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms. Especially preferred is an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- The linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group of the remainder is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. These groups may further have substituents. When the two remainders exist, they may be bonded to each other to thereby form a ring.
- The cations (ZI-1) in one form thereof are those of general formula (ZI-1A) below.
- In general formula (ZI-1A),
- R13 represents any of a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group and a group with a cycloalkyl skeleton of a single ring or multiple rings. These groups may have substituents.
- R14, each independently in the instance of R14s, represents any of an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group and a group with a cycloalkyl skeleton of a single ring or multiple rings. These groups may have substituents.
- Each of R15s independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a naphthyl group, provided that the two R15s may be bonded to each other to thereby form a ring. These groups may have substituents.
- In the formula, 1 is an integer of 0 to 2, and
- r is an integer of 0 to 8.
- The alkyl groups represented by R13, R14 and R15 may be linear or branched and preferably each has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. As such, there can be mentioned a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an i-propyl group, an n-butyl group, a 2-methylpropyl group, a 1-methylpropyl group, a t-butyl group, an n-pentyl group, a neopentyl group, an n-hexyl group, an n-heptyl group, an n-octyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, an n-nonyl group, an n-decyl group and the like. Of these alkyl groups, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group and the like are especially preferred.
- As the cycloalkyl groups represented by R13, R14 and R15, there can be mentioned a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, a cyclododecanyl group, a cyclopentenyl group, a cyclohexenyl group, a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, an adamantly group, a cyclooctadienyl group and the like. Of these a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group and a cyclooctyl group are especially preferred.
- With respect to the alkyl group of the alkoxy group represented by R13 or R14, there can be mentioned, for example, the same specific examples as mentioned above with respect to the alkyl groups represented by R13 to R15. As the alkoxy group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propoxy group and an n-butoxy group are especially preferred.
- With respect to the cycloalkyl group of the cycloalkyloxy group represented by R13, there can be mentioned, for example, the same specific examples as mentioned above with respect to the cycloalkyl groups represented by R13 to R15. As the cycloalkyloxy group, a cyclopentyloxy group and a cyclohexyloxy group are especially preferred.
- With respect to the alkoxy group of the alkoxycarbonyl group represented by R13, there can be mentioned, for example, the same specific examples as mentioned above with respect to the alkoxy groups represented by R13 or R14. As the alkoxycarbonyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group and an n-butoxycarbonyl group are especially preferred.
- With respect to the alkyl group of the alkylsulfonyl group represented by R14, there can be mentioned, for example, the same specific examples as mentioned above with respect to the alkyl groups represented by R13 to R15. With respect to the cycloalkyl group of the cycloalkylsulfonyl group represented by R14, there can be mentioned, for example, the same specific examples as mentioned above with respect to the cycloalkyl groups represented by R13 to R15. As the alkylsulfonyl group and cycloalkylsulfonyl group, a methanesulfonyl group, an ethanesulfonyl group, an n-propanesulfonyl group, an n-butanesulfonyl group, a cyclopentanesulfonyl group and a cyclohexanesulfonyl group are especially preferred.
- As the groups with a cycloalkyl skeleton of a single ring or multiple rings represented by R13 and R14, there can be mentioned, for example, a cycloalkyloxy group of a single ring or multiple rings and an alkoxy group with a cycloalkyl group of a single ring or multiple rings. These groups may further have substituents.
- In the formula, 1 is preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 1, and r is preferably 0 to 2.
- Each of the groups represented by R13 to R15 may further have a substituent. As such a substituent, there can be mentioned, for example, a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom), a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, a cycloalkyloxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, a cycloalkyloxyalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyloxy group or the like.
- As the alkoxy group, there can be mentioned, for example, a linear or branched group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, an n-propoxy group, an i-propoxy group, an n-butoxy group, a 2-methylpropoxy group, a 1-methylpropoxy group, a t-butoxy group and the like.
- As the cycloalkyloxy group, there can be mentioned, for example, a cycloalkyloxy group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as a cyclopentyloxy group, a cyclohexyloxy group and the like.
- As the alkoxyalkyl group, there can be mentioned, for example, a linear or branched alkoxyalkyl group having 2 to 21 carbon atoms, such as a methoxymethyl group, an ethoxymethyl group, a 1-methoxyethyl group, a 2-methoxyethyl group, a 1-ethoxyethyl group or a 2-ethoxyethyl group. As the cycloalkyloxyalkyl group, there can be mentioned, for example, a cycloalkyloxyalkyl group having 4 to 21 carbon atoms, such as a cyclohexyloxymethyl group, a cyclopentyloxymethyl group or a cyclohexyloxyethyl group.
- As the alkoxycarbonyl group, there can be mentioned, for example, a linear or branched alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 21 carbon atoms, such as a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, an n-propoxycarbonyl group, an i-propoxycarbonyl group, an n-butoxycarbonyl group, a 2-methylpropoxycarbonyl group, a 1-methylpropoxycarbonyl group or a t-butoxycarbonyl group.
- As the cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group, there can be mentioned, for example, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyl group having 4 to 21 carbon atoms, such as a cyclopentyloxycarbonyl group or a cyclohexyloxycarbonyl group.
- As the alkoxycarbonyloxy group, there can be mentioned, for example, a linear or branched alkoxycarbonyloxy group having 2 to 21 carbon atoms, such as a methoxycarbonyloxy group, an ethoxycarbonyloxy group, an n-propoxycarbonyloxy group, an i-propoxycarbonyloxy group, an n-butoxycarbonyloxy group or a t-butoxycarbonyloxy group.
- As the cycloalkyloxycarbonyloxy group, there can be mentioned, for example, a cycloalkyloxycarbonyloxy group having 4 to 21 carbon atoms, such as a cyclopentyloxycarbonyloxy group or a cyclohexyloxycarbonyloxy group.
- The cyclic structure that may be formed by the bonding of the two R15s to each other is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring, especially a 5-membered ring (namely, a tetrahydrothiophene ring) formed by two bivalent R15s in cooperation with the sulfur atom of general formula (ZI-1A).
- The cyclic structure may further have a substituent. As such substituent, there can be mentioned, for example, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxyalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group and the like.
- It is especially preferred for the R15 to be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a bivalent group allowing two R15s to be bonded to each other so as to form a tetrahydrothiophene ring structure in cooperation with the sulfur atom of the general formula (ZI-1A).
- Each of R13 and R14 may further have a substituent. As such a substituent, there can be mentioned, for example, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a halogen atom (especially, a fluorine atom) or the like.
- Specific examples of the cations of general formula (ZI-1A) will be shown below.
- The cations (ZI-1) in other forms thereof are those of general formula (ZI-1B) below. The cations of general formula (ZI-1B) are effective in outgas suppression.
- In general formula (ZI-1B),
- each of R1 to R13 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, provided that at least one of R1 to R13 is a substituent containing an alcoholic hydroxyl group. In the present invention, the alcoholic hydroxyl group refers to a hydroxyl group bonded to a carbon atom of an alkyl group.
- X represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group.
- When R1 to R13 represent substituents containing an alcoholic hydroxyl group, it is preferred for the R1 to R13 to represent the groups of the formula —W—Y, wherein Y represents a hydroxyl-substituted alkyl group and W represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group.
- As preferred examples of the alkyl group represented by Y, there can be mentioned an ethyl group, a propyl group and an isopropyl group. Especially preferably, Y contains the structure of —CH2CH2OH.
- W is preferably a single bond, or a bivalent group as obtained by replacing with a single bond any hydrogen atom of a group selected from among an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, an acylamino group, an alkyl- or arylsulfonylamino group, an alkylthio group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group and a carbamoyl group. More preferably, W is a single bond, or a bivalent group as obtained by replacing with a single bond any hydrogen atom of a group selected from among an acyloxy group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an acyl group and an alkoxycarbonyl group.
- When R1 to R13 represent substituents containing an alcoholic hydroxyl group, the number of carbon atoms contained in each of the substituents is preferably in the range of 2 to 10, more preferably 2 to 6 and further preferably 2 to 4.
- Each of the substituents containing an alcoholic hydroxyl group represented by R1 to R13 may have two or more alcoholic hydroxyl groups. The number of alcoholic hydroxyl groups contained in each of the substituents containing an alcoholic hydroxyl group represented by R1 to R13 is in the range of 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 3 and more preferably 1.
- The number of alcoholic hydroxyl groups contained in any of the compounds of the general formula (ZI-1B) as the total of those of R1 to R13 is in the range of 1 to 10, preferably 1 to 6 and more preferably 1 to 3.
- When R1 to R13 do not contain any alcoholic hydroxyl group, the substituents of R1 to R13 are, for example, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, a silyloxy group, a heterocyclooxy group, an acyloxy group, a carbamoyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyloxy group, an aryloxycarbonyloxy group, an amino group (containing an anilino group), an ammonio group, an acylamino group, an aminocarbonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, a sulfamoylamino group, an alkyl- or arylsulfonylamino group, a mercapto group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, heterocyclothio group, a sulfamoyl group, a sulfo group, a sulfo group, an alkyl- or arylsulfinyl group, an alkyl- or arylsulfonyl group, an acyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, an aryl- or heterocycloazo group, an imido group, a phosphino group, a phosphynyl group, a phosphynyloxy group, a phosphynylamino group, a phosphono group, a silyl group, a hydrazino group, a ureido group, a boron acid group [—B(OH)2], a phosphato group [—OPO(OH)2], a sulphato group [—OSO3H] or other publicly known compounds.
- When R1 to R13 do not contain any alcoholic hydroxyl group, each of R1 to R13 preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, a cyano group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an acyloxy group, a carbamoyloxy group, an acylamino group, an aminocarbonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an aryloxycarbonylamino group, a sulfamoylamino group, an alkyl- or arylsulfonylamino group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a sulfamoyl group, an alkyl- or arylsulfonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a carbamoyl group, an imido group, a silyl group or a ureido group.
- When R1 to R13 do not contain any alcoholic hydroxyl group, each of R1 to R13 more preferably represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, an acylamino group, an aminocarbonylamino group, an alkoxycarbonylamino group, an alkyl- or arylsulfonylamino group, an alkylthio group, a sulfamoyl group, an alkyl- or arylsulfonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or a carbamoyl group.
- When R1 to R13 do not contain any alcoholic hydroxyl group, especially preferably, each of R1 to R13 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom or an alkoxy group.
- Any two adjacent to each other of R1 to R13 may be bonded to each other to thereby form a ring structure. This ring structure includes an aromatic or nonaromatic cyclohydrocarbon or heterocycle. This cyclic structure can form a condensed cycle through further combination.
- In general formula (ZI-1B), at least one of R1 to R13 preferably contains an alcoholic hydroxyl group. More preferably, at least one of R9 to R13 contains an alcoholic hydroxyl group.
- X represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group. The bivalent connecting group is, for example, an alkylene group, an arylene group, a carbonyl group, a sulfonyl group, a carbonyloxy group, a carbonylamino group, a sulfonylamido group, an ether group, a thioether group, an amino group, a disulfide group, an acyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, —CH═CH—, an aminocarbonylamino group, an aminosulfonylamino group or the like.
- The bivalent connecting group may have a substituent. As the substituents, there can be mentioned, for example, the same substituents as mentioned with respect to R1 to R13.
- Preferably, X is a single bond or a group exhibiting no electron withdrawing properties, such as an alkylene group, an arylene group, an ether group, a thioether group, an amino group, —CH═CH—, an aminocarbonylamino group or an aminosulfonylamino group. More preferably, X is a single bond, an ether group or a thioether group. Most preferably, X is a single bond.
- Now, cations (ZI-2) will be described.
- The cations (ZI-2) are those of formula (ZI) wherein each of R201 to R203 independently represents an organic group having no aromatic ring. The aromatic rings include an aromatic ring having a heteroatom.
- The organic group having no aromatic ring represented by R201 to R203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
- Preferably, each of R201 to R203 independently represents an alkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group, an allyl group or a vinyl group. More preferred groups are a linear, branched or cyclic 2-oxoalkyl group or an alkoxycarbonylmethyl group. Especially preferred is a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group.
- The Alkyl group represented by R201 to R203 may be linear, branched or cyclic. As preferred alkyl groups, there can be mentioned a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group or a pentyl group) and a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a norbornyl group).
- The 2-oxoalkyl group represented by R201 to R203 may be linear or branched. A group having >C═O at the 2-position of the alkyl group is preferred.
- As preferred alkoxy groups of the alkoxycarbonylmethyl group represented by R201 to R203, there can be mentioned alkoxy groups having 1 to 5 carbon atoms (a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, a butoxy group and a pentoxy group).
- The R201 to R203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group or a nitro group.
- Two of R201 to R203 may be bonded to each other to thereby form a ring structure. This ring structure within the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond, an amido bond and/or a carbonyl group. As the group formed by the mutual bonding of two of R201 to R203, there can be mentioned, for example, an alkylene group (for example, a butylene group or a pentylene group).
- Now, the cations (ZI-3) will be described.
- The cations (ZI-3) are those represented by general formula (ZI-3), below, which have a phenacylsulfonium salt structure.
- In general formula (ZI-3),
- each of R1c to R5c independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, a phenylthio group or a halogen atom. The numbers of carbon atoms of the alkyl group and the alkoxy group are preferably 5 to 12.
- Each of R6c and R7c independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an aryl group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 6. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 5 to 15. As the aryl group, there can be mentioned, for example, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group.
- Any two or more of R1c to R7c may be bonded to each other to thereby form a ring structure. Also, Rx and Ry may be bonded to each other to thereby form a ring structure. These ring structures may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester bond and/or an amido bond.
- In particular, when R6c and R7c are bonded to each other to thereby form a ring, the group formed by the mutual bonding of R6c and R7c is preferably an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
- As particular examples of the cations (ZI-3), there can be mentioned the cations of the compounds set forth by way of example in Paragraphs 0047 and 0048 of JP-A-2004-233661 and set forth by way of example in Paragraphs 0040 to 0046 of JP-A-2003-35948.
- Now, general formula (ZII) will be described.
- In general formula (ZII), each of R204 and R205 independently represents an aryl group, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Substituents may be introduced in these aryl group, alkyl group and cycloalkyl group.
- Preferred examples of the aryl groups represented by R204 and R205 are the same as set forth above in connection with R201 to R203 of the compounds (ZI-1).
- As preferred examples of the alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups represented by R204 and R205, there can be mentioned the linear, branched or cyclic alkyl groups set forth above in connection with R201 to R203 of the compounds (ZI-2).
- Specific examples of the compounds (A) that when exposed to actinic rays or radiation, generates any of acids of general formula (I) will be shown below, which however in no way limit the scope of the present invention.
- In the present invention, the acid generators (AI) may be used either individually or in combination.
- The content of the acid generators (AI) based on the total solids of the composition of the present invention is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 50 mass %, more preferably 1 to 30 mass %.
- [Other Acid Generation]
- In the present invention, another acid generator may be used in combination with any of the acid generators (AI). As the other acid generators for use in combination with any of the acid generators (AI), use can be made of a member appropriately selected from among a photoinitiator for photocationic polymerization, a photoinitiator for photoradical polymerization, a photo-achromatic agent and photo-discoloring agent for dyes, any of publicly known compounds that when exposed to actinic rays or radiation, generate an acid, employed in microresists, etc., and mixtures thereof. For example, as the acid generator, there can be mentioned a diazonium salt, a phosphonium salt, a sulfonium salt, an iodonium salt, an imide sulfonate, an oxime sulfonate, diazosulfone, disulfone or o-nitrobenzyl sulfonate.
- [2] Resin that is Decomposed by the Action of an Acid to Thereby Exhibit an Increased Solubility in an Alkali Developer
- The positive actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may include a resin (B) that is decomposed by the action of an acid to thereby exhibit an increased solubility in an alkali developer. The resin (B) usually contain, in its principal chain or side chain or both thereof, a group (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”) that is decomposed by the action of an acid to thereby generate an alkali-soluble group. Among them, a resin containing an acid-decomposable group in its side chain is preferred.
- The acid-decomposable group is preferably a group resulting from substitution of the hydrogen atom of an alkali-soluble group, such as a —COOH group or an —OH group, with an acid-eliminable group. The acid-eliminable group is preferably an acetal group or a tertiary ester group.
- The matrix resin to which the above groups decomposable by the action of an acid are bonded as side chains refers to an alkali-soluble resin having an —OH or —COOH group in its side chain. For example, there can be mentioned the alkali-soluble resins to be described hereinafter.
- The alkali dissolution rate of the alkali-soluble resins as measured in a 0.261 N tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) (23° C.) is preferably 17 nm/sec or greater. The alkali dissolution rate is especially preferably 33 nm/sec or greater.
- The alkali-soluble resins especially preferred from this viewpoint include resins containing hydroxystyrene structural units, such as o-, m- or p-poly(hydroxystyrene) and copolymers thereof, hydrogenated poly(hydroxystyrene), halogenated or alkylated poly(hydroxystyrene), poly(hydroxystyrene) having its part O-alkylated or O-acylated, styrene-hydroxystyrene copolymer, α-methylstyrene-hydroxystyrene copolymer and hydrogenated novolak resin, and also include resins containing carboxylated repeating units, such as those of (meth)acrylic acid and norbornenecarboxylic acid.
- As the repeating units containing preferred acid-decomposable groups, there can be mentioned, for example, those of t-butoxycarbonyloxystyrene, a 1-alkoxyethoxystyrene and a (meth)acrylic acid tertiary alkyl ester. Repeating units of a 2-alkyl-2-adamantyl (meth)acrylate and a dialkyl(1-adamantyl)methyl (meth)acrylate are more preferred.
- The resin that when acted on by an acid, is decomposed to thereby increase its solubility in an alkali developer can be obtained by, for example, reaction of a precursor of a group cleavable under the action of an acid with a resin, or by copolymerization of an alkali-soluble resin monomer having a group cleavable under the action of an acid bonded thereto with various monomers, as disclosed in, for example, European Patent No. 254853 and JP-A's H2-25850, H3-223860 and H4-251259.
- In the event of exposing the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention to KrF excimer laser beams, electron beams, X-rays or high-energy light rays of wavelength 50 nm or less (EUV, etc.), it is preferred for the resin to have hydroxystyrene repeating units. More preferably, the resin is a copolymer of hydroxystyrene/hydroxystyrene protected by an acid-eliminable group or hydroxystyrene/(meth)acrylic acid tert-alkyl ester.
- As such, there can be mentioned a repeating units of general formula (A), below.
- In the formula, each of R01, R02 and R03 independently represents, for example, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group or an alkoxycarbonyl group. Ar1 represents, for example, an aromatic ring group. In other forms, R03 and Ar1 may be simultaneously alkylene groups and bonded to each other so as to form a 5-membered or 6-membered ring in cooperation with the —C—C— chain.
- Each of n Ys independently represents a hydrogen atom or a group that is cleaved by the action of an acid, provided that at least one of n Ys is a group that is cleaved by the action of an acid.
- In the formula, n is an integer of 1 to 4. n is preferably 1 or 2, more preferably 1.
- The alkyl group represented by each of R01 to R03 is preferably an alkyl group having 20 or less carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, an octyl group or a dodecyl group. An alkyl group having 8 or less carbon atoms is more preferred. These alkyl groups may have a substituent.
- The alkyl group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably the same as the alkyl group mentioned above with respect to R01 to R03.
- The cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. A monocyclic alkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, such as a cyclopropyl group, a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, is preferred. These cycloalkyl groups may have a substituent.
- As the halogen atom, there can be mentioned a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom. A fluorine atom is preferred.
- When R03 represents an alkylene group, the alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, such as a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group or an octylene group.
- The aromatic ring represented by Ar1 is preferably an aromatic ring having 3 to 8 carbon atoms, such as a benzene ring, a toluene ring or a naphthalene ring. These aromatic rings may have a substituent.
- As the group (Y) that is eliminated by the action of an acid, there can be mentioned, for example, —C(R36)(R37)(R38), —C(═O)—O—C(R36)(R37)(R38), —C(R01)(R02)(OR39), —C(R01)(R02)—C(═O)—O—C(R36)(R37)(R38), —CH(R36)(Ar) or the like.
- In the formulae, each of R36 to R39 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group. R36 and R37 may be bonded with each other to thereby form a ring structure.
- Each of R01 and R02 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group or an alkenyl group.
- Ar represents an aryl group.
- Each of the alkyl groups represented by R36 to R39, R01 and R02 preferably has 1 to 8 carbon atoms. For example, there can be mentioned a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group or the like.
- The cycloalkyl groups represented by R36 to R39, R01 and R02 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. When the cycloalkyl group is monocyclic, it is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 8 carbon atoms. As such, there can be mentioned, for example, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cyclooctyl group or the like. When the cycloalkyl group is polycyclic, it is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. As such, there can be mentioned, for example, an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, an isobornyl group, a camphonyl group, a dicyclopentyl group, an α-pinel group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecyl group, an androstanyl group or the like. With respect to these, the carbon atoms of each of the cycloalkyl groups may be partially substituted with a heteroatom, such as an oxygen atom.
- Each of the aryl groups represented by R36 to R39, R01, R02 and Ar is preferably one having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. For example, there can be mentioned an aryl group, such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or an anthryl group.
- Each of the aralkyl groups represented by R36 to R39, R01 and R02 is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms. For example, there can be mentioned a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group or the like.
- Each of the alkenyl groups represented by R36 to R39, R01 and R02 preferably has 2 to 8 carbon atoms. For example, there can be mentioned a vinyl group, an allyl group, a butenyl group, a cyclohexenyl group or the like.
- The ring formed by the mutual bonding of R36 and R37 may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The monocyclic structure is preferably a cycloalkane structure having 3 to 8 carbon atoms. As such, there can be mentioned, for example, a cyclopropane structure, a cyclobutane structure, a cyclopentane structure, a cyclohexane structure, a cycloheptane structure, a cyclooctane structure or the like. The polycyclic structure is preferably a cycloalkane structure having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. As such, there can be mentioned, for example, an adamantane structure, a norbornane structure, a dicyclopentane structure, a tricyclodecane structure, a tetracyclododecane structure or the like. With respect to these, the carbon atoms of each of the ring structures may be partially replaced with a heteroatom, such as an oxygen atom.
- A substituent may be introduced in each of the above groups. As the substituent, there can be mentioned, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an amido group, a ureido group, a urethane group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, a thioether group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group or the like. Preferably, the number of carbon atoms of each of the substituents is up to 8.
- The group that is cleaved by the action of an acid, Y, preferably has any of the structures of general formula (B) below.
- In the formula, each of L1 and L2 independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a aryl group or an aralkyl group.
- M represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group.
- Q represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a cycloaliphatic group, an aromatic ring group, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group or an aldehyde group. These cycloaliphatic group and aromatic ring group may contain a heteroatom.
- At least two of Q, M and L1 may be bonded to each other to thereby form a ring (preferably, a 5-membered or 6-membered ring).
- The alkyl groups represented by L1 and L2 are, for example, alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. As preferred examples thereof, there can be mentioned a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group and an octyl group.
- The cycloalkyl groups represented by L1 and L2 are, for example, cycloalkyl groups each having 3 to 15 carbon atoms. As preferred examples thereof, there can be mentioned a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group and the like.
- The aryl groups represented by L1 and L2 are, for example, aryl groups having 6 to 15 carbon atoms. As preferred examples thereof, there can be mentioned a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group and the like.
- The aralkyl groups represented by L1 and L2 are, for example, those having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. There can be mentioned aralkyl groups, such as a benzyl group and a phenethyl group.
- The bivalent connecting group represented by M is, for example, an alkylene group (e.g., a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, a butylene group, a hexylene group, an octylene group, etc.), a cycloalkylene group (e.g., a cyclopentylene group or a cyclohexylene group, etc.), an alkenylene group (e.g., an ethylene group, a propenylene group, a butenylene group, etc.), an arylene group (e.g., a phenylene group, a tolylene group, a naphthylene group, etc.), —S—, —O—, —CO—, —SO2—, —N(R0)— or a bivalent connecting group resulting from combination of these groups. R0 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms; in particular, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group or the like).
- The alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group represented by Q is the same as mentioned above with respect to L1 and L2.
- As the cycloaliphatic group or the aromatic ring group represented by Q, there can be mentioned, for example, the cycloalkyl group and the aryl group mentioned above as being represented by each of L1 and L2. Preferably, each thereof has 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
- As the cycloaliphatic group containing a heteroatom and the aromatic ring group containing a heteroatom, there can be mentioned, for example, groups having a heterocyclic structure, such as thiirane, cyclothiorane, thiophene, furan, pyrrole, benzothiophene, benzofuran, benzopyrrole, triazine, imidazole, benzimidazole, triazole, thiadiazole, triazole and pyrrolidone. However, the cycloaliphatic group containing a heteroatom and the aromatic ring group containing a heteroatom, above, are not limited to these as long as a structure generally known as a heteroring (ring formed by carbon and a heteroatom or ring formed by heteroatoms) is included.
- As the ring that may be formed by the mutual bonding of at least two of Q, M and L1, there can be mentioned one resulting from the mutual bonding of at least two of Q, M and L1 so as to form, for example, a propylene group or a butylene group and the subsequent formation of a 5-membered or 6-membered ring containing an oxygen atom.
- In general formula (VI-A), a substituent may be introduced in each of the groups represented by L1, L2, M and Q. As the substituent, there can be mentioned, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an amino group, an amido group, a ureido group, a urethane group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, thioether group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group or a nitro group. Preferably, the number of carbon atoms of each of the substituents is up to 8.
- The groups of the formula -M-Q are preferably groups each composed of 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably groups each composed of 5 to 20 carbon atoms. The groups having 6 or more carbon atoms are preferred from the view point of outgas suppression.
- As another preferred resin, there can be mentioned the resin containing any of repeating units of general formula (X), below.
- Xa1 represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group.
- T represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group.
- Each of Rx1 to Rx3 independently represents an alkyl group (linear or branched) or a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). At least two of Rx1 to Rx3 may be bonded with each other to thereby form a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic).
- As the bivalent connecting group represented by T, there can be mentioned, for example, an alkylene group, a group of the formula —COO-Rt-, a group of the formula —O-Rt- or the like. In the formulae, Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
- T is preferably a single bond or a group of the formula —COO-Rt-. Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, more preferably a —CH2-group or —(CH2)3— group.
- The alkyl group represented by each of Rx1 to Rx3 is preferably one having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group or a t-butyl group.
- The cycloalkyl group represented by each of Rx1 to Rx3 is preferably a cycloalkyl group of one ring, such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a cycloalkyl group of multiple rings, such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group or an adamantyl group.
- The cycloalkyl group formed by bonding of at least two of Rx1 to Rx3 is preferably a cycloalkyl group of one ring, such as a cyclopentyl group or a cyclohexyl group, or a cycloalkyl group of multiple rings, such as a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group or an adamantyl group.
- In a preferred mode, Rx1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx2 and Rx3 are bonded with each other to thereby form any of the above-mentioned cycloalkyl groups.
- Specific examples of the repeating units of general formula (X) will be shown below, which however in no way limit the scope of the present invention.
- In the following formulae, Rx represents a hydrogen atom, CH3, CF3 or CH2OH. Each of Rxa and Rxb represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- The content of repeating units of general formula (A) or (X) in the resin (when a plurality of repeating units are used, the sum thereof), based on all the repeating units of the resin, is preferably in the range of 3 to 90 mol %, more preferably 5 to 80 mol % and most preferably 7 to 70 mol %.
- Specific examples of the above mentioned resins will be shown below, which however in no way limit the scope of the present invention.
- In the above specific examples, tBu represents a t-butyl group.
- The content of acid-decomposable group is expressed by the formula B/(B+S) wherein B refers to the number of acid-decomposable groups contained in the resin and S refers to the number of alkali-soluble groups not protected by any acid-eliminable group. The content is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 0.7, more preferably 0.05 to 0.50 and further preferably 0.05 to 0.40.
- When the composition of the present invention is exposed to ArF excimer laser beams, it is preferred for the resin to be a resin that has an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure of a single ring or multiple rings. Hereinafter, this resin may be referred to as “alicyclic hydrocarbon based acid-decomposable resin.”
- The alicyclic hydrocarbon based acid-decomposable resin is preferably a resin having at least one member selected from the group consisting of the repeating units having partial structures containing the alicyclic hydrocarbons of general formulae (pI) to (pV) below and the repeating units of general formula (II-AB) below.
- In general formulae (pI) to (pV), R11 represents a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group or a sec-butyl group, and Z represents an atomic group required for formation of a cycloalkyl group in cooperation with a carbon atom.
- Each of R12 to R16 independently represents a cycloalkyl group or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, provided that at least one of R12 to R14 or either R15 or R16 represents a cycloalkyl group.
- Each of R17 to R21 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a cycloalkyl group or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, provided that at least one of R17 to R21 represents a cycloalkyl group. Either R19 or R21 represents a cycloalkyl group or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- Each of R22 to R25 independently represents a hydrogen atom or a cycloalkyl group or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, provided that at least one of R22 to R25 represents a cycloalkyl group. R23 and R24 may be bonded to each other to thereby form a ring.
- In general formula (II-AB),
- each of R11′ and R12′ independently represents a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a halogen atom or an alkyl group.
- Z′ represents an atomic group for formation of an alicyclic structure wherein two bonded carbon atoms (C—C) are contained.
- Further preferably, the general formula (II-AB) is either general formula (II-AB1) or general formula (II-AB2) below.
- In general formulae (II-AB1) and (II-AB2),
- each of R13′ to R16′ independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a hydroxyl group, —COOH, —COOR5, a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid, —C(═O)—X-A′—R17′, an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. In the formula, R5 represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or a group with a lactone structure. X represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —NH—, —NHSO2— or —NHSO2NH—. A′ represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group. R17′ represents —COOH, —COOR5, —CN, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, —CO—NH—R6, —CO—NH—SO2—R6 or a group with a lactone structure. R6 represents an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. At least two of R13′ to R16′ may be bonded to each other to thereby form a ring.
- n is 0 or 1.
- In general formulae (pI) to (pV), each of the alkyl groups represented by R12 to R25 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. As such, there can be mentioned, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group or the like.
- The cycloalkyl groups represented by R11 to R25 and the cycloalkyl group formed by Z and a carbon atom may be monocyclic or polycyclic. In particular, there can be mentioned groups of a monocyclo, bicyclo, tricyclo or tetracyclo structure or the like having 5 or more carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms thereof is preferably in the range of 6 to 30, especially preferably 7 to 25.
- As preferred cycloalkyl groups, there can be mentioned, for example, an adamantyl group, a noradamantyl group, a decalin residue, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, a norbornyl group, a cedrol group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, a cyclooctyl group, a cyclodecanyl group and a cyclododecanyl group. As more preferred cycloalkyl groups, there can be mentioned an adamantyl group, a norbornyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group and a tricyclodecanyl group.
- These alkyl groups and cycloalkyl groups may have substituents. As substituents, there can be mentioned an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group and an alkoxycarbonyl group (2 to 6 carbon atoms). These substituents. may further have substituents. As substituents that can be further introduced in the above-mentioned substituents, there can be mentioned a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom and an alkoxy group.
- The structures of general formulae (pI) to (pV) can be used for the protection of the alkali-soluble groups. As the alkali-soluble groups, there can be mentioned various groups generally known in this technical field.
- In particular, there can be mentioned, for example, structures resulting from replacement of a hydrogen atom of a carboxylic acid group, sulfonic acid group, phenol group or thiol group with any of the structures of general formulae (pI) to (pV). Structures resulting from replacement of a hydrogen atom of a carboxylic acid group or sulfonic acid group with any of the structures of general formulae (pI) to (pV) are preferred.
- As preferred repeating units having any of the alkali-soluble groups protected by the structures of general formulae (pI) to (pV), there can be mentioned those of general formula (pA) below.
- In the general formula (pA), R represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Two or more R's may be identical to or different from each other.
- A represents any one or a combination of two or more groups selected from the group consisting of a single bond, an alkylene group, an ether group, a thioether group, a carbonyl group, an ester group, an amido group, a sulfonamido group, a urethane group and a urea group. A single bond is preferred.
- Pp1 represents any of the groups of the above general formulae (pI) to (pV).
- The repeating units of the general formula (pA) are most preferably those derived from a 2-alkyl-2-adamantyl(meth)acrylate and a dialkyl(1-adamantyl)methyl(meth)acrylate.
- Specific examples of the repeating units of the general formula (pA) will be shown below.
- In the above structural formulae, Rx represents H, CH3, CF3 or CH2OH. Each of Rxa and Rxb independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- In general formula (II-AB), the halogen atoms represented by R11′ and R12′ include a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.
- The alkyl groups represented by R11′ and R12′ are preferably linear or branched alkyl groups each having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. For example, there can be mentioned a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, a linear or branched butyl, pentyl, hexyl or heptyl group, and the like.
- The atomic group for formation of the alicyclic structure represented by Z′ is an atomic group capable of providing the resin with a repeating unit of optionally substituted alicyclic hydrocarbon. The atomic group is especially preferably one capable of providing a bridged alicyclic structure for formation of a bridged alicyclic hydrocarbon repeating unit.
- The provided alicyclic hydrocarbon skeleton can be the same as that of the cycloalkyl groups represented by R12 to R25 in the general formulae (pII) to (pV).
- The alicyclic hydrocarbon skeleton may have a substituent. As the substituent, there can be mentioned any of the atoms or groups represented by R13′ to R16′ in the general formulae (II-AB1) and (II-AB2).
- In the alicyclic hydrocarbon based acid-decomposable resin, the group that is decomposed by the action of an acid can have at least one repeating unit selected from among the repeating units having partial structures containing the alicyclic hydrocarbons of the general formulae (pI) to (pV), the repeating units of general formula (II-AB) and the repeating units of copolymer components to be described below.
- Any of the various substituents that can be introduced in R13′ to R16′ in the general formulae (II-AB1) and (II-AB2) can be a substituent for the atomic groups for formation of the alicyclic structures of the general formula (II-AB) or the atomic groups Z′ for formation of the bridged alicyclic structures.
- Specific examples of the repeating units of general formulae (II-AB1) and (II-AB2), above, will be shown below, which however in no way limit the scope of the present invention.
- It is preferred for the alicyclic hydrocarbon based acid-decomposable resin to have a repeating unit containing a lactone group. As the lactone groups, the groups with a 5 to 7-membered ring lactone structure are preferred, and those resulting from condensation of lactone structures of a 5 to 7-membered ring with other cyclic structures effected in a fashion to form a bicyclo structure or spiro structure are especially preferred.
- More preferably, the alicyclic hydrocarbon based acid-decomposable resin contain a repeating unit having a lactone structure represented by any of general formulae (LC1-1) to (LC1-16) below. The groups with lactone structures may be directly bonded to the principal chain of the resin. Preferred lactone structures are those of the formulae (LC1-1), (LC1-4), (LC1-5), (LC1-6), (LC1-13), (LC1-14) and (LC1-17). The use of these specified lactone structures would realize improvement in the line edge roughness and development defect.
- The presence of a substituent (Rb2) on the portion of the lactone structure is optional. As preferred substituents (Rb2), there can be mentioned an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a carboxyl group, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an acid-decomposable group and the like.
- In the formulae, n2 is an integer of 0 to 4. When n2 is an integer of 2 or greater, the plurality of present substituents (Rb2) may be identical to or different from each other. Further, the plurality of present substituents (Rb2) may be bonded to each other to thereby form a ring.
- As the repeating units having the groups with lactone structures of any of general formulae (LC1-1) to (LC1-17), there can be mentioned the repeating units of general formulae (II-AB1) and (II-AB2) wherein at least one of R13′ to R16′ has any of the groups of the general formulae (LC1-1) to (LC1-17) (for example, the R5 of —COOR5 represents any of the groups of general formulae (LC1-1) to (LC1-17)) as well as the repeating units of general formula (AI) below.
- In general formula (AI), Rb0 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- As the alkyl group represented by Rb0, there can be mentioned, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group or the like. The alkyl group represented by Rb0 may have a substituent. As preferred substituents, there can be mentioned, for example, a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom.
- As the halogen atom represented by Rb0, there can be mentioned a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom. The Rb0 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- Ab represents an alkylene group, a bivalent connecting group with an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure of a single ring or multiple rings, a single bond, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group or a bivalent connecting group resulting from combination of these. A single bond and a connecting group of the formula -Ab1-CO2— are preferred.
- Ab1 is a linear or branched alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group of a single ring or multiple rings, being preferably a methylene group, an ethylene group, a cyclohexyl residue, an adamantyl residue or a norbornyl residue.
- V represents any of the groups of the general formulae (LC1-1) to (LC1-17).
- The repeating unit having a lactone structure is generally present in the form of optical isomers. Any of the optical isomers may be used. It is both appropriate to use a single type of optical isomer alone and to use a plurality of optical isomers in the form of a mixture. When a single type of optical isomer is mainly used, the optical purity (ee) thereof is preferably 90% ee or higher, more preferably 95% ee or higher.
- Especially preferred examples of the repeating units having groups with lactone structures will be shown below, which however in no way limit the scope of the present invention. The pattern profile and iso/dense bias can be enhanced by selecting the most appropriate lactone groups. In the formulae, each of Rx and R represents H, CH3, CH2OH or CF3.
- The alicyclic hydrocarbon acid-decomposable resin may contain a plurality of repeating units each containing a lactone group. In this case, it is preferred for the acid-decomposable resin to contain (1) any one of those of general formula (AI) in which Ab is a single bond together with any one of those of general formula (AI) in which Ab is -Ab1-CO2—, or (2) a mixture of two of those of general formula (AI) in which Ab is -Ab1-CO2—.
- The content of the repeating units containing a lactone group, the sum thereof when a plurality of repeating units are contained, is preferably in the range of 10 to 70 mol %, more preferably 20 to 60 mol %, based on all the repeating units contained in the resin.
- It is preferred for the alicyclic hydrocarbon based acid-decomposable resin to have a repeating unit having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a polar group. The containment of this repeating unit would realize enhancements of adhesion to substrate and developer affinity. The polar group is preferably a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. The hydroxyl group as the polar group constitutes an alcoholic hydroxyl group.
- As the alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a polar group, there can be mentioned, for example, any of the structures of general formulae (VIIa) and (VIIb), below.
- In general formula (VIIa),
- each of R2c to R4c independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a cyano group, provided that at least one of the R2c to R4c represents a hydroxyl group or a cyano group. Preferably, one or two of the R2c to R4c are hydroxyl groups and the remainder is a hydrogen atom. More preferably, two of the R2c to R4c are hydroxyl groups and the remainder is a hydrogen atom.
- The groups of the general formula (VIIa) preferably have a dihydroxy form or monohydroxy form, more preferably a dihydroxy form.
- As the repeating units having the groups of general formula (VIIa) or (VIIb), there can be mentioned the repeating units of general formulae (II-AB1) and (II-AB2) wherein at least one of R13′ to R16′ has any of the groups of general formula (VIIa) or (VIIb) (for example, the R5 of —COOR5 represents any of the groups of the general formula (VIIa) or (VIIb)) as well as the repeating units of general formula (AIIa) or (AIIb), below.
- In the general formulae (AIIa) and (AIIb), R1c represents a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group or a hydroxymethyl group.
- R2c to R4c have the same meaning as those of the general formula (VIIa).
- Specific examples of the repeating units having an alicyclic hydrocarbon structure substituted with a polar group, expressed by the general formula (AIIa) or (AIIb) will be shown below, which however in no way limit the scope of the present invention.
- The content of these repeating units (when there are a plurality of appropriate repeating units, the sum thereof), based on all the repeating units of the resin, is preferably in the range of 3 to 30 mol %, more preferably 5 to 25 mol %.
- The resins of the present invention may further contain a repeating unit containing neither a hydroxyl group nor a cyano group that is stable against the action of an acid, in addition to the foregoing repeating units.
- As the stable repeating unit, in particular, there can be mentioned the repeating units of general formula below in which a non-acid-decomposable aryl structure or cycloalkyl structure is introduced in a side chain of acrylic structure. The introduction of this structure promises the attainment of contrast regulation, enhancement of etching resistance, etc.
- The stable repeating unit may be introduced in the above-mentioned resin containing a hydroxystyrene repeating unit, or alicyclic hydrocarbon acid-decomposable resin. When the stable repeating unit is introduced in the alicyclic hydrocarbon acid-decomposable resin, it is preferred for stable repeating unit not to contain any aromatic ring structure from the viewpoint of the absorption of 193 nm light.
- In general formula (III), R5 represents a hydrocarbon group.
- Ra represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably a methyl group), a hydroxyalkyl group (preferably a hydroxymethyl group) or a trifluoromethyl group.
- The hydrocarbon group represented by R5 preferably includes a cyclic structure. When the hydrocarbon group includes a cyclic structure, there can be mentioned, for example, a cycloalkyl group of a single ring or multiple rings (preferably having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 7), a cycloalkenyl group of a single ring or multiple rings (preferably having 3 to 12 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 12) or an aralkyl group (preferably having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 12).
- The cycloalkyl groups include ring-assembly hydrocarbon groups and crosslinked-ring hydrocarbon groups. As the crosslinked-ring hydrocarbon rings, there can be mentioned, for example, bicyclic hydrocarbon rings, tricyclic hydrocarbon rings and tetracyclic hydrocarbon rings. Further, the crosslinked-ring hydrocarbon rings include condensed-ring hydrocarbon rings, for example, condensed rings resulting from condensation of multiple 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings.
- As preferred crosslinked-ring hydrocarbon rings, there can be mentioned, for example, a norbornyl group, an adamantyl group, a bicyclooctanyl group and a tricyclo[5,2,1,02,6]decanyl group. As more preferred crosslinked-ring hydrocarbon rings, there can be mentioned a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
- As preferred aryl groups, there can be mentioned, for example, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a biphenyl group and the like. As preferred aralkyl groups, there can be mentioned, for example, a phenylmethyl group, a phenylethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group and the like.
- These hydrocarbon groups may have substituents. As preferred substituents, there can be mentioned, for example, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group protected by a protective group and an amino group protected by a protective group. The halogen atom is preferably a bromine, chlorine or fluorine atom, and the alkyl group is preferably a methyl, ethyl, butyl or t-butyl group. The alkyl group may further have a substituent. As the optional further substituent, there can be mentioned a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a hydroxyl group protected by a protective group or an amino group protected by a protective group.
- As the protective group, there can be mentioned, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aralkyl group, a substituted methyl group, a substituted ethyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or an aralkyloxycarbonyl group. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The substituted methyl group is preferably a methoxymethyl, methoxythiomethyl, benzyloxymethyl, t-butoxymethyl or 2-methoxyethoxymethyl group. The substituted ethyl group is preferably a 1-ethoxyethyl or 1-methyl-1-methoxyethyl group. The acyl group is preferably an aliphatic acyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, such as a formyl, acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl, valeryl or pivaloyl group. The alkoxycarbonyl group is, for example, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- The content of any of the repeating units of general formula (III), based on all the repeating units of resin (B), is preferably in the range of 0 to 40 mol %, more preferably 0 to 20 mol %.
- Specific examples of the repeating units of general formula (III) will be shown below, which however in no way limit the scope of the present invention. In the formulae, Ra represents H, CH3, CH2OH or CF3.
- The content of these repeating units (when there are a plurality of appropriate repeating units, the sum thereof), based on all the repeating units of the resin, is preferably in the range of 1 to 30 mol %, more preferably 1 to 20 mol %.
- It is preferred for the alicyclic hydrocarbon acid-decomposable resin to contain a repeating unit containing an alkali-soluble group, especially a repeating unit containing a carboxyl group. The resolution in contact hole usage can be enhanced by containing this repeating unit.
- Both a repeating unit wherein a carboxyl group is directly bonded to the principal chain of a resin and a repeating unit wherein a carboxyl group is bonded via a connecting group to the principal chain of a resin can be mentioned as preferred repeating units containing a carboxyl group.
- As examples of the former repeating units, there can be mentioned the repeating units from acrylic acid and methacrylic acid. The connecting group of the latter repeating units may have a mono- or polycycloalkyl structure.
- The repeating units from acrylic acid and methacrylic acid are most preferred as the repeating unit containing a carboxyl group.
- With respect to the resin that when acted on by an acid, is decomposed to thereby increase its solubility in an alkali developer, the weight average molecular weight thereof in terms of polystyrene molecular weight as measured by GPC is preferably in the range of 2000 to 200,000. In particular, the heat resistance and dry etching resistance can be enhanced by regulating the weight average molecular weight to 2000 or greater. Not only can the developability be particularly enhanced but also through lowering of the viscosity of the composition, the film forming property can be enhanced by regulating the weight average molecular weight to 200,000 or less.
- More preferred molecular weight is in the range of 2500 to 50,000. Further more preferred molecular weight is in the range of 3000 to 20,000. In the formation of a nanopattern using electron beams, X-rays or high-energy rays of wavelength 50 nm or shorter (for example, EUV), it is most preferred for the weight average molecular weight to fall within the range of 3000 to 10,000. The enhancement of heat resistance and resolving power, reduction of development defects, etc. of the composition can be simultaneously attained by regulating the molecular weight.
- With respect to the resin that when acted on by an acid, is decomposed to thereby increase its solubility in an alkali developer, the dispersity (Mw/Mn) thereof is preferably in the range of 1.0 to 3.0, more preferably 1.2 to 2.5 and further more preferably 1.2 to 1.6. For example, the line edge roughness performance can be enhanced by regulating this dispersity.
- The content of the resin (B) is preferably in the range of 5 to 99.9 mass %, more preferably 50 to 95 mass % and further more preferably 60 to 93 mass %, based on the total solids of the composition.
- [3] Resin Soluble in Alkali Developer (Hereinafter also Referred to as “Alkali-Soluble Resin”)
- The negative actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may include (C) alkali-soluble resin. The alkali dissolution rate of the alkali-soluble resin as measured in a 0.261 N tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) (23° C.) is preferably 2 nm/sec or higher, especially preferably 20 nm/sec or higher.
- As the alkali-soluble resin, there can be mentioned, for example, a novolak resin, a hydrogenated novolak resin, an acetone-pyrogallol resin, an o-polyhydroxystyrene, a m-polyhydroxystyrene, a p-polyhydroxystyrene, a hydrogenated polyhydroxystyrene, a halogenated or alkylated polyhydroxystyrene, a hydroxystyrene-N-substituted maleimide copolymer, an o/p- and m/p-hydroxystyrene copolymer, a partial O-alkylation product of hydroxyl of polyhydroxystyrene (for example, a 5 to 30 mol % O-methylation product, O-(1-methoxy)ethylation product, O-(1-ethoxy)ethylation product, O-2-tetrahydropyranylation product, O-(t-butoxycarbonyl)methylation product, etc.), an O-acylation product thereof (for example, a 5 to 30 mol % O-acetylation product, O-(t-butoxy)carbonylation product, etc.), a styrene-maleic anhydride copolymer, a styrene-hydroxystyrene copolymer, an α-methylstyrene-hydroxystyrene copolymer, a carboxylated methacrylic resin or its derivative, or a polyvinyl alcohol derivative. However, the alkali-soluble resins are not limited to these.
- Preferred alkali-soluble resins are a novolak resin, an o-polyhydroxystyrene, a m-polyhydroxystyrene, a p-polyhydroxystyrene, a copolymer of these polyhydroxystyrenes, an alkylated polyhydroxystyrene, a partial O-alkylation product or O-acylation product of polyhydroxystyrene, a styrene-hydroxystyrene copolymer and an α-methylstyrene-hydroxystyrene copolymer.
- Especially preferred alkali-soluble resins are any of the resins having a hydroxystyrene structure. Of these, the resin having a m-hydroxystyrene structure is especially preferred.
- The above novolak resin can be obtained by addition condensation of a given monomer as a main component with an aldehyde conducted in the presence of an acid catalyst.
- The weight average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin is 2000 or greater, preferably from 5000 to 200,000 and more preferably 5000 to 100,000. Herein, the weight average molecular weight is in terms of polystyrene molecular weight measured by gel permeation chromatography.
- In the present invention, two or more types of alkali-soluble resins (C) may be used in combination.
- The content of alkali-soluble resin, based on the total solids of the composition, is usually in the range of 40 to 97 mass %, preferably 60 to 90 mass %.
- [4] Acid Crosslinking Agent Capable of Crosslinking with Alkali-Soluble Resin (C) by the Action of an Acid
- The negative actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention may further include an acid crosslinking agent (D).
- Any acid crosslinking agent (D) can be used as long as it is a compound capable of crosslinking with alkali-soluble resin (C) by the action of an acid. However, compounds (1) to (3) below are preferred.
- (1) A hydroxymethylated form, alkoxymethylated or acyloxymethylated form of phenol derivative.
- (2) A compound having an N-hydroxymethyl group, an N-alkoxymethyl group or an N-acyloxymethyl group.
- (3) A compound having an epoxy group.
- The alkoxymethyl group preferably has 6 or less carbon atoms, and the acyloxymethyl group preferably has 6 or less carbon atoms.
- Those especially preferred among these crosslinking agents will be shown below.
- In the formulae, L1 to L8 may be identical to or different from each other, and each thereof represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxymethyl group, a methoxymethyl group, an ethoxymethyl group or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- The crosslinking agent is generally added in an amount of 3 to 70 mass %, preferably 5 to 50 mass %, based on the solid content of the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
- [5] Dissolution Inhibiting Compound
- The composition of the present invention may contain a dissolution inhibiting compound of 3000 or less molecular weight that is decomposed by the action of an acid to thereby increase the solubility in an alkali developer (hereinafter referred to as “dissolution inhibiting compound”).
- From the viewpoint of preventing any lowering of 220 nm or shorter transmission, the dissolution inhibiting compound is preferably an alicyclic or aliphatic compound having an acid-decomposable group, such as any of cholic acid derivatives having an acid-decomposable group described in Proceeding of SPIE, 2724, 355 (1996). The acid-decomposable group is, for example, the same as described above with respect to the repeating unit having the acid-decomposable group.
- When the composition of the present invention is exposed to a KrF excimer laser or irradiated with electron beams, preferred use is made of one having a structure resulting from substitution of the phenolic hydroxyl group of a phenol compound with an acid-decomposable group. The phenol compound preferably contains 1 to 9 phenol skeletons, more preferably 2 to 6 phenol skeletons.
- The amount of dissolution inhibiting compound added is preferably in the range of 3 to 50 mass %, more preferably 5 to 40 mass % based on the total solids of the composition of the present invention.
- Specific examples of the dissolution inhibiting compounds will be shown below, which however in no way limit the scope of the present invention.
- <Other Component>
- The composition of the present invention may further contain a basic compound, an organic solvent, a surfactant, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a compound capable of increasing the solubility in a developer, a compound having a functional group as a proton acceptor, etc.
- (Basic Compound)
- The composition of the present invention may further contain a basic compound. Any change over time of performance during the period between exposure and baking (postbake) can be reduced by further containing a basic compound. Moreover, the in-film diffusion of an acid generated upon exposure can be controlled by further containing a basic compound.
- It is preferred for the basic compound to be a nitrogenous organic compound. Useful compounds are not particularly limited. For example, the compounds of the following categories (1) to (4) can be used.
- (1) Compounds of general formula (BS-1) below
- In general formula (BS-1),
- each of Rs independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. The organic group is preferably any of a linear or branched alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an aryl group and an aralkyl group.
- The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group represented by R is not particularly limited. However, it is generally in the range of 1 to 20, preferably 1 to 12.
- The number of carbon atoms of the cycloalkyl group represented by R is not particularly limited. However, it is generally in the range of 3 to 20, preferably 5 to 15.
- The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group represented by R is not particularly limited. However, it is generally in the range of 6 to 20, preferably 6 to 10. In particular, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group and the like can be mentioned.
- The number of carbon atoms of the aralkyl group represented by R is not particularly limited. However, it is generally in the range of 7 to 20, preferably 7 to 11. In particular, a benzyl group and the like can be mentioned.
- In the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group and aralkyl group represented by R, a hydrogen atom thereof may be replaced by a substituent. As the substituent, there can be mentioned, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group or the like.
- In the compounds of general formula (BS-1), preferably, at least the two of the three Rs are organic groups.
- Specific examples of the compounds of general formula (BS-1) include tri-n-butylamine, tri-n-pentylamine, tri-n-octylamine, tri-n-decylamine, triisodecylamine, dicyclohexylmethylamine, tetradecylamine, pentadecylamine, hexadecylamine, octadecylamine, didecylamine, methyloctadecylamine, dimethylundecylamine, N,N-dimethyldodecylamine, methyldioctadecylamine, N,N-dibutylaniline, N,N-dihexylaniline, 2,6-diisopropylaniline, 2,4,6-tri(t-butyl)aniline and the like.
- In the general formula (BS-1), any of the compounds in which at least one of the Rs is a hydroxylated alkyl group can be mentioned as a preferred form of the basic compounds. Specific examples of the compounds include triethanolamine, N,N-dihydroxyethylaniline and the like.
- With respect to the alkyl group represented by R, an oxygen atom may be present in the alkyl chain to thereby form an oxyalkylene chain. The oxyalkylene chain preferably consists of —CH2CH2O—. As particular examples thereof, there can be mentioned tris(methoxyethoxyethyl)amine, compounds shown by way of example in column 3 line 60 et seq. of U.S. Pat. No. 6,040,112 and the like.
- (2) Compound with Nitrogenous Heterocyclic Structure
- The heterocyclic structure may optionally have aromaticity. It may have a plurality of nitrogen atoms, and also may have a heteroatom other than nitrogen. For example, there can be mentioned compounds with an imidazole structure (2-phenylbenzoimidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole and the like), compounds with a piperidine structure (N-hydroxyethylpiperidine, bis(1,2,2,6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate and the like), compounds with a pyridine structure (4-dimethylaminopyridine and the like) and compounds with an antipyrine structure (antipyrine, hydroxyantipyrine and the like).
- Further, compounds with two or more ring structures can be appropriately used. For example, there can be mentioned 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-ene, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-undec-7-ene and the like.
- (3) Amine Compound with Phenoxy Group
- The amine compounds with a phenoxy group are those having a phenoxy group at the end of the alkyl group of each of the amine compound opposite to the nitrogen atom. The phenoxy group may have a substituent, such as an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxyl group, a carboxylic ester group, a sulfonic ester group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an acyloxy group, an aryloxy group or the like.
- Compounds having at least one oxyalkylene chain between the phenoxy group and the nitrogen atom are preferred. The number of oxyalkylene chains in each molecule is preferably in the range of 3 to 9, more preferably 4 to 6. Among the oxyalkylene chains, —CH2CH2O— is preferred.
- Particular examples thereof include 2-[2-{2-(2,2-dimethoxy-phenoxyethoxy)ethyl}-bis-(2-methoxyethyl)]-amine, compounds (C1-1) to (C3-3) shown by way of example in section [0066] of US 2007/0224539 A1 and the like.
- (4) Ammonium Salt
- Ammonium salts can also be appropriately used. Hydroxides and carboxylates are preferred. Preferred particular examples thereof are tetraalkylammonium hydroxides, a typical example of which is tetrabutylammonium hydroxide.
- As other compounds usable in the composition of the present invention, there can be mentioned compounds synthesized in Examples of JP-A-2002-363146, compounds described in section [0108] of JP-A-2007-298569 and the like.
- Further, photosensitive basic compounds may be used as the basic compound. As photosensitive basic compounds, use can be made of, for example, the compounds described in Jpn. PCT National Publication No. 2003-524799, J. Photopolym. Sci&Tech. Vol. 8, p. 543-553 (1995), etc.
- The molecular weight of each of these basic compounds is preferably in the range of 250 to 2000, more preferably 400 to 1000.
- These basic compounds are used individually or in combination.
- The content of basic compounds based on the total solids of the composition is preferably in the range of 0.01 to 8.0 mass %, more preferably 0.1 to 5.0 mass % and most preferably 0.2 to 4.0 mass %.
- (F) Surfactant
- The composition of the present invention further contains a surfactant. The surfactant is preferably a fluorinated and/or siliconized surfactant.
- As such a surfactant, there can be mentioned Megafac F176 or Megafac R08 produced by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc., PF656 or PF6320 produced by OMNOVA SOLUTIONS, INC., Troy Sol S-366 produced by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd., Florad FC430 produced by Sumitomo 3M Ltd., polysiloxane polymer KP-341 produced by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., or the like.
- Surfactants other than these fluorinated and/or siliconized surfactants can also be used. In particular, the other surfactants include polyoxyethylene alkyl ethers, polyoxyethylene alkyl aryl ethers and the like.
- Moreover, generally known surfactants can also be appropriately used. As useful surfactants, there can be mentioned, for example, those described in section [0273] et seq of US 2008/0248425 A1.
- These surfactants may be used alone or in combination.
- The amount of surfactant added is preferably in the range of 0.0001 to 2 mass %, more preferably 0.001 to 1 mass %, based on the total solids of the composition.
- [Solvent]
- The solvent that is usable in the preparation of the composition is not particularly limited as long as it can dissolve the components of the composition. For example, preferred use is made of a solvent containing either one or two or more members selected from among an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate (propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate or the like), an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether (propylene glycol monomethyl ether or the like), an alkyl lactate (ethyl lactate, methyl lactate or the like), a cyclolactone (γ-butyrolactone or the like, preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), a linear or cyclic ketone (2-heptanone, cyclohexanone or the like, preferably having 4 to 10 carbon atoms), an alkylene carbonate (ethylene carbonate, propylene carbonate or the like), an alkyl carboxylate (preferably an alkyl acetate such as butyl acetate), an alkyl alkoxyacetate (preferably ethyl ethoxypropionate) and the like. As other useful solvents, there can be mentioned, for example, those described in section [0244] et seq. of US 2008/0248425 A1 and the like.
- Among the above solvents, an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether and an ethyl lactate are preferred.
- These solvents may be used alone or in combination. When a plurality of solvents are mixed together, it is preferred to mix a hydroxylated solvent with a non-hydroxylated solvent. The mass ratio of hydroxylated solvent to non-hydroxylated solvent is in the range of 1/99 to 99/1, preferably 10/90 to 90/10 and more preferably 20/80 to 60/40.
- The hydroxylated solvent is preferably an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether or an alkyl lactate. The non-hydroxylated solvent is preferably an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate.
- The ratio of solvents used to the total mass of the composition of the present invention may be regulated so that the concentration of the total solids of the composition falls within the range of 0.5 to 30 mass %, preferably 1.0 to 10 mass %. When the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is irradiated with electron beams or EUV light, the ratio of solvents may be regulated so that the concentration of the total solids of the composition falls within the range of 2.0 to 6.0 mass %, preferably 2.0 to 4.5 mass %.
- [Other Additives]
- The composition of the present invention may further according to necessity contain a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, a compound capable of increasing the solubility in a developer (for example, a phenolic compound of 1000 or less molecular weight or a carboxylated alicyclic or aliphatic compound), etc. Moreover, the compounds having a functional group as a proton acceptor described in, for example, JP-A's 2006-208781 and 2007-286574 can also be appropriately used in the composition of the present invention.
- <Method of Forming Pattern>
- According to one embodiment, the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention is applied to a support, such as a substrate, thereby forming a film. The thickness of thus obtained resist film is preferably in the range of 0.02 to 0.1 μm. The application to the substrate is preferably carried out by a spin coating method. The rotating speed of spin coating is preferably in the range of 1000 to 3000 rpm.
- For example, this composition is applied to any of substrates (e.g., silicon/silicon dioxide coating, silicon nitride and chromium-vapor-deposited quartz substrate, etc.) for use in the production of precision integrated circuit devices, etc. by appropriate application means, such as a spinner or a coater. The thus applied composition is dried, thereby forming an actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive film (hereinafter also referred to as a photosensitive film). The application of the composition can be preceded by the application of a heretofore known antireflection film.
- The resultant photosensitive film is exposed to actinic rays or radiation, preferably baked (heated), and developed. Thus, a pattern of enhanced quality can be obtained. From the viewpoint of sensitivity and stability, it is preferred for the baking temperature to be in the range of 80 to 150° C., especially 90 to 130° C.
- As the actinic rays or radiation, there can be mentioned, for example, infrared light, visible light, ultraviolet light, far-ultraviolet light, extreme ultraviolet light, X-rays or electron beams. It is preferred for the actinic rays or radiation to have, for example, a wavelength of 250 nm or shorter, especially 220 nm or shorter. As such actinic rays or radiation, there can be mentioned, for example, a KrF excimer laser (248 nm), an ArF excimer laser (193 nm), an F2 excimer laser (157 nm), X-rays or electron beams. As especially preferred actinic rays or radiation, there can be mentioned an ArF excimer laser, an F2 excimer laser, EUV (13 nm) or electron beams.
- The exposure performed in the condition that the interstice between the photosensitive film and a lens is filled with a liquid (for example, pure water) whose refractive index is higher than that of air, namely, liquid-immersion exposure may be carried out in the stage of the exposure to actinic rays or radiation. This liquid-immersion exposure can enhance the resolution. At the liquid-immersion exposure, for the prevention of contact of the film with the immersion liquid, a film that is highly insoluble in the immersion liquid (also referred to as a “top coat”) may be disposed on the film and between the film and the immersion liquid. As another means for the prevention of contact of the film with the immersion liquid, a hydrophobic resin (HR) may be added to the composition in advance.
- The hydrophobic resin (HR) will be described in detail below.
- As the hydrophobic resin is localized in a surface portion of the resist film, it is preferred for the hydrophobic resin to contain a fluorine atom or a silicon atom. The fluorine atom or silicon atom may be introduced in the principal chain of a resin, or may be contained in a side chain thereof as a substituent.
- The hydrophobic resin (HR) is preferably a resin having an alkyl group containing a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group containing a fluorine atom or an aryl group containing a fluorine atom as a partial structure containing a fluorine atom.
- The alkyl group containing a fluorine atom (preferably having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms) is a linear or branched alkyl group having at least one hydrogen atom thereof substituted with a fluorine atom. Further, other substituents may be possessed.
- The cycloalkyl group containing a fluorine atom is a cycloalkyl group of a single ring or multiple rings having at least one hydrogen atom thereof substituted with a fluorine atom. Further, other substituents may be contained.
- As the aryl group containing a fluorine atom, there can be mentioned one having at least one hydrogen atom of an aryl group, such as a phenyl or naphthyl group, substituted with a fluorine atom. Further, other substituents may be contained.
- As preferred alkyl groups containing a fluorine atom, cycloalkyl groups containing a fluorine atom and aryl groups containing a fluorine atom, there can be mentioned groups of the following general formulae (F2) to (F4), which however in no way limit the scope of the present invention.
- In general formulae (F2) to (F4),
- each of R57 to R68 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom or an alkyl group, provided that at least one of each of R57-R61, R62-R64 and R65-R68 represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms) having at least one hydrogen atom thereof substituted with a fluorine atom. It is preferred that all of R57-R61 and R65-R67 represent fluorine atoms. Each of R62, R63 and R68 preferably represents an alkyl group (especially having 1 to 4 carbon atoms) having at least one hydrogen atom thereof substituted with a fluorine atom, more preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. R62 and R63 may be bonded with each other to thereby form a ring.
- Specific examples of the groups of the general formula (F2) include a p-fluorophenyl group, a pentafluorophenyl group, a 3,5-di(trifluoromethyl)phenyl group and the like.
- Specific examples of the groups of the general formula (F3) include a trifluoromethyl group, a pentafluoropropyl group, a pentafluoroethyl group, a heptafluorobutyl group, a hexafluoroisopropyl group, a heptafluoroisopropyl group, a hexafluoro(2-methyl)isopropyl group, a nonafluorobutyl group, an octafluoroisobutyl group, a nonafluorohexyl group, a nonafluoro-t-butyl group, a perfluoroisopentyl group, a perfluorooctyl group, a perfluoro(trimethyl)hexyl group, a 2,2,3,3-tetrafluorocyclobutyl group, a perfluorocyclohexyl group and the like. Of these, a hexafluoroisopropyl group, a heptafluoroisopropyl group, a hexafluoro(2-methyl)isopropyl group, an octafluoroisobutyl group, a nonafluoro-t-butyl group and a perfluoroisopentyl group are preferred. A hexafluoroisopropyl group and a heptafluoroisopropyl group are more preferred.
- Specific examples of the groups of the general formula (F4) include —C(CF3)2OH, —C(C2F5)2OH, —C(CF3)(CF3)OH, —CH(CF3)OH and the like. —C(CF3)2OH is preferred.
- The hydrophobic resin (HR) may contain a silicon atom. It is preferred for the resin to have an alkylsilyl structure (preferably a trialkylsilyl group) or a cyclosiloxane structure as a partial structure having a silicon atom.
- As the alkylsilyl structure or cyclosiloxane structure, there can be mentioned, for example, any of the groups of the following general formulae (CS-1) to (CS-3) or the like.
- In the general formulae (CS-1) to (CS-3),
- each of R12 to R26 independently represents a linear or branched alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) or a cycloalkyl group (preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms).
- Each of L3 to L5 represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group. As the bivalent connecting group, there can be mentioned any one or a combination of two or more groups selected from the group consisting of an alkylene group, a phenylene group, an ether group, a thioether group, a carbonyl group, an ester group, an amido group, a urethane group and a urea group.
- In the formulae, n is an integer of 1 to 5. n is preferably an integer of 2 to 4.
- Moreover, the hydrophobic resin (HR) may have at least one group selected from among the following groups (x) to (z):
- (x) an alkali soluble group,
- (y) a group that is decomposed by the action of an alkali developer, resulting in an increase of solubility in the alkali developer, and
- (z) a group that is decomposed by the action of an acid.
- As the alkali soluble group (x), generally known compounds can be used. As preferred alkali soluble groups, there can be mentioned a fluoroalcohol group (preferably hexafluoroisopropanol), a sulfonimido group and a bis(carbonyl)methylene group. The content of repeating units having an alkali soluble group (x) is preferably in the range of 1 to 50 mol %, more preferably 3 to 35 mol % and still more preferably 5 to 20 mol % based on all the repeating units of the polymer.
- As the group (y) that is decomposed by the action of an alkali developer, resulting in an increase of solubility in the alkali developer, there can be mentioned, for example, a group having a lactone structure, an acid anhydride group, an acid imide group or the like. A group having a lactone structure is preferred.
- As the repeating unit having a group (y) that is decomposed by the action of an alkali developer, resulting in an increase of solubility in the alkali developer, preferred use is made of both of a repeating unit resulting from bonding of a group (y) that is decomposed by the action of an alkali developer, resulting in an increase of solubility in the alkali developer, to the principal chain of a resin such as a repeating unit of acrylic ester or methacrylic ester, and a repeating unit resulting from polymerization with the use of a chain transfer agent or polymerization initiator having a group (y) resulting in an increase of solubility in an alkali developer to thereby introduce the same in a polymer chain terminal.
- The content of repeating units having a group (y) resulting in an increase of solubility in an alkali developer is preferably in the range of 1 to 40 mol %, more preferably 3 to 30 mol % and still more preferably 5 to 15 mol % based on all the repeating units of the polymer.
- As specific examples of the repeating units having a group (y) resulting in an increase of solubility in an alkali developer, there can be mentioned those similar to the repeating units having a lactone structure set forth with respect to the resins as the component (B).
- As the repeating unit having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid in the hydrophobic resin (HR), there can be mentioned those similar to the repeating units having an acid decomposable group set forth with respect to the resin (A). The content of repeating units having a group (z) that is decomposed by the action of an acid in the hydrophobic resin (HR) is preferably in the range of 1 to 80 mol %, more preferably 10 to 80 mol % and still more preferably 20 to 60 mol % based on all the repeating units of the polymer.
- The hydrophobic resin (HR) may further have any of the repeating units of general formula (III), below.
- In general formula (III), Rc31 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom, a cyano group or —CH2—O-Rac2 group, wherein Rac2 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an acyl group. Rc31 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group or a trifluoromethyl group, especially preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
- Rc32 represents a group having any of an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group and a cycloalkenyl group. These groups may optionally be substituted with a fluorine atom or a silicon atom.
- Lc3 represents a single bond or a bivalent connecting group.
- In general formula (III), the alkyl group represented by Rc32 is preferably a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
- The cycloalkyl group is preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
- The alkenyl group is preferably an alkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
- The cycloalkenyl group is preferably a cycloalkenyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms.
- Preferably, Rc32 represents an unsubstituted alkyl group or an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom.
- The bivalent connecting group represented by Lc3 is preferably an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), an oxy group, a phenylene group or an ester bond (group of the formula —COO—).
- Specific examples of the hydrophobic resins (HR) will be shown below, which however in no way limit the scope of the present invention.
- When the hydrophobic resin (HR) is added, the amount of the hydrophobic resin (HR) added is generally in the range of 0.01 to 10 mass %, preferably 0.05 to 8 mass % and more preferably 0.1 to 5 mass %, based on the total solid of the composition.
- In the development step, an alkali developer is usually employed. As the alkali developer, use can be made of any of alkaline aqueous solutions of an inorganic alkali such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium silicate, sodium metasilicate or aqueous ammonia, a primary amine such as ethylamine or n-propylamine, a secondary amine such as diethylamine or di-n-butylamine, a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or methyldiethylamine, an alcoholamine such as dimethylethanolamine or triethanolamine, a quaternary ammonium salt such as tetramethylammonium hydroxide or tetraethylammonium hydroxide, a cycloamine such as pyrrole or piperidine, or the like.
- Appropriate amounts of an alcohol and/or a surfactant may be added to the above alkali developer.
- The alkali concentration of the alkali developer is generally in the range of 0.1 to 20 mass %. The pH value of the alkali developer is generally in the range of 10.0 to 15.0.
- With respect to the particulars of the process for fabricating an imprint mold using the composition of the present invention, reference can be made to, for example, Japanese Patent No. 4109085, JP-A-2008-162101, “Fundamentals of nanoimprint and its technology development/application deployment—technology of nanoimprint substrate and its latest technology deployment” edited by Yoshihiko Hirai, published by Frontier Publishing, etc.
- The present invention will be described in greater detail below by way of its examples. However, the gist of the present invention is in no way limited to these examples.
- <Synthesis of Acid Generator A1>
- (1) Synthesis of Compound A1-1
- First, 20.0 g of 2,4,6-tricyclohexylbromobenzene was dissolved in 800 ml of diethyl ether. In a nitrogen atmosphere, 6.0 g of tetramethylethylenediamine and 31.9 ml of n-butyllithium (1.63M hexane solution) were added to the solution at 0° C., and agitated at 0° C. for an hour. The resultant reaction liquid was dropped into a solution obtained by dissolving 15.7 g of 1,1,2,2,3,3-hexafluoropropane-1,3-disulfonyl difluoride in 200 ml of diethyl ether at 0° C. over a period of 30 minutes.
- After the completion of dropping, the mixture was further agitated for 30 minutes, and 200 ml of distilled water was added thereto. The thus obtained organic phase was washed with saturated saline twice. The solvent was removed, and 100 ml of methanol and 100 ml of 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution were added to the residue and agitated for an hour. Methanol was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue. The thus obtained organic phase was washed with saturated saline twice. The solvent was distilled off, and the thus obtained solid was washed with hexane. The resultant solid was dissolved in 100 ml of methanol, and 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide A was added to the solution and agitated for two hours. The solvent was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue. The thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water. The solvent was distilled off, thereby obtaining 23.5 g of desired white solid compound (A1-1).
- 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ=7.76-7.70 (m, 15H), 7.19 (s, 2H), 3.65 (m, 2H), 2.52 (m, 1H), 1.18-1.92 (m, 30H).
- 19F-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ=−140.90 (t, 2F), −144.5 (t, 2F), −149.4 (s, 2F).
- (2) Synthesis of Compound A1-2
- Compound A1-2 amounting to 5.1 g was obtained in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound A1-1 except that 20.0 g of 2,4,6-tricyclohexylbromobenzene was changed to 5.0 g of 2,4,6-triisopropylbromobenzene.
- (3) Synthesis of Compound A1-3
- Compound A1-3 amounting to 5.1 g was obtained in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound A1-1 except that 10.0 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide A was changed to 4.5 g of sulfonium salt (B), below.
- (4) Synthesis of Compound A1-4
- Compound A1-4 amounting to 2.5 g was obtained in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound A1-1 except that 10.0 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide A was changed to 4.5 g of iodonium salt (C), below, and except that 20.0 g of 2,4,6-tricyclohexylbromobenzene was changed to 2.0 g of 2,4,6-tri-tert-buthylbromobenzene.
- (5) Synthesis of Compound A1-5
- Compound A1-5 amounting to 3.5 g was obtained in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound A1-1 except that 10.0 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide A was changed to 2.5 g of sulfonium salt (D), below.
- (6) Synthesis of Compound A1-6
- Compound A1-6 amounting to 1.3 g was obtained in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound A1-1 except that 10.0 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide A was changed to 1.2 g of sulfonium salt (E), below.
- (7) Synthesis of Compound A1-7
- Compound A1-7 amounting to 1.4 g was obtained in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound A1-1 except that 10.0 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide A was changed to 1.4 g of sulfonium salt (F), below.
- (8) Synthesis of Compound A1-8
- Compound A1-8 amounting to 1.9 g was obtained in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound A1-1 except that 10.0 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide A was changed to 1.5 g of sulfonium salt (G), below.
- (9) Synthesis of Compound A1-9
- Compound A1-9 amounting to 1.6 g was obtained in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound A1-1 except that 10.0 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide A was changed to 1.2 g of sulfonium salt (H), below.
- (10) Synthesis of Compound A1-10
- First, 20.0 g of 2,4,6-tricyclohexylbromobenzene was dissolved in 800 ml of diethyl ether. In a nitrogen atmosphere, 6.0 g of tetramethylethylenediamine and 31.9 ml of n-butyllithium (1.63M hexane solution) were added to the solution at 0° C., and agitated at 0° C. for an hour. The resultant reaction liquid was dropped into a solution obtained by dissolving 15.7 g of 1,1,2,2,3,3-hexafluoropropane-1,3-disulfonyl difluoride in 200 ml of diethyl ether at 0° C. over a period of 30 minutes. After the completion of dropping, the mixture was further agitated for 30 minutes, and 1.43 g of sodium hydroxide and 8.87 g of trifluorosulfonamide were added thereto. The mixture was agitated at 0° C. for an hour, and 200 ml of distilled water was added thereto. The thus obtained organic phase was washed with saturated saline twice. The solvent was removed, and the thus obtained solid was washed with hexane. The resultant solid was dissolved in 100 ml of methanol, and 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide A was added to the solution and agitated for two hours. The solvent was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue. The thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water. The solvent was removed, thereby obtaining 10.5 g of compound A1-10.
- (11) Synthesis of Compound A1-11
- First, 17.0 g of 2,4,6-tricyclohexylphenol was dissolved in 800 ml of diethyl ether. In a nitrogen atmosphere, 31.0 ml of n-butyllithium (1.63M hexane solution) was added to the solution at 0° C., and agitated at 0° C. for an hour. The solvent was distilled off in vacuum, and 32.8 g of triphenylsulfonium 1,1,2,2,3,3-hexafluoro-4-[(trifluoromethane)sulfonyloxy]butane-1-sulfonate and 300 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide were added to the residue and agitated at 100° C. for two hours. The obtained reaction liquid was poured in 500 ml of ethyl acetate and 500 ml of dilute hydrochloric acid, and liquid separation was carried out. The thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water, and the solvent was removed. The residue was dissolved in 200 ml of methanol, and 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide was added to the solution and agitated for two hours. The solvent was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue. The thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water. The solvent was removed, and the residue was purified through a silica gel column, thereby obtaining 15.6 g of compound A1-11.
- (12) Synthesis of Compound A1-12
- Compound A1-12 amounting to 12.5 g was obtained in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound A1-11 except that 32.8 g of triphenylsulfonium 1,1,2,2,3,3-hexafluoro-4-[(trifluoromethane)sulfonyloxy]butane-1-sulfonate was changed to 27.8 g of triphenylsulfonium 1,1-difluoro-2-[(trifluoromethane)sulfonyloxy]ethane-1-sulfonate.
- (13) Synthesis of Compound A1-13
- First, 20.0 g of 2,4,6-tricyclohexylbromobenzene was dissolved in 800 ml of diethyl ether. In a nitrogen atmosphere, 6.0 g of tetramethylethylenediamine and 31.9 ml of n-butyllithium (1.63M hexane solution) were added to the solution at 0° C., and agitated at 0° C. for an hour. The resultant reaction liquid was dropped into a solution obtained by dissolving 11.5 g of 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoro-3-(fluorosulfonyl)propanoyl fluoride in 200 ml of diethyl ether at −20° C. over a period of 30 minutes. After the completion of dropping, the mixture was agitated at −20° C. for 30 minutes and further at room temperature for 30 minutes, and 200 ml of distilled water was added thereto. The thus obtained organic phase was washed with saturated saline twice. The solvent was removed, and 100 ml of methanol and 100 ml of 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution were added to the residue and agitated for an hour. Methanol was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue. The thus obtained organic phase was washed with saturated saline twice. The solvent was distilled off, and the thus obtained solid was washed with hexane. The resultant solid was dissolved in 100 ml of methanol, and 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide was added to the solution and agitated for two hours. The solvent was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue. The thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water. The solvent was removed, and the residue was purified through a silica gel column, thereby obtaining 10.7 g of compound A1-13.
- (14) Synthesis of Compound A1-14
- First, 23.8 g of triphenylsulfonium 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoro-3-hydroxypropane-1-sulfonate was dissolved in 300 ml of methanol, and 10 ml of sodium methoxide (5M methanol solution) was added to the solution at 0° C. The resultant reaction liquid was agitated at room temperature for an hour, and the solvent was distilled off. Thereafter, 18.7 g of 2-(chloromethyl)-1,3,5-tricyclohexylbenzene and 300 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide were added to the residue, and agitated at 100° C. for three hours. The obtained reaction liquid was poured in 500 ml of ethyl acetate and 500 ml of dilute hydrochloric acid, and liquid separation was carried out. The thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water, and the solvent was removed. The residue was dissolved in 200 ml of methanol, and 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide was added to the solution and agitated for two hours. The solvent was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue. The thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water. The solvent was removed, and the residue was purified through a silica gel column, thereby obtaining 17.4 g of compound A1-14.
- (15) Synthesis of Compound A1-15
- Compound A1-15 amounting to 16.3 g was obtained in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound A1-14 except that 23.8 g of triphenylsulfonium 1,1,2,2-tetrafluoro-3-hydroxypropane-1-sulfonate was changed to 23.5 g of triphenylsulfonium 1,1,2-trifluoro-4-hydroxybutanesulfonate.
- (16) Synthesis of Compound A1-16
- First, 17.0 g of 2,4,6-tricyclohexylphenol was dissolved in 800 ml of diethyl ether. In a nitrogen atmosphere, 31.0 ml of n-butyllithium (1.63M hexane solution) was added to the solution at 0° C., and agitated at 0° C. for an hour. The solvent was distilled off in vacuum, and the residue was dissolved in 300 ml of N,N-dimethylformamide. At −20° C., 9.0 g of 2,2-difluoro-2-(fluorosulfonyl)acetyl fluoride was dropped into the solution. After the completion of dropping, the mixture was agitated at −20° C. for an hour and further at room temperature for 30 minutes, and 500 ml of dilute hydrochloric acid and 500 ml of ethyl acetate were added thereto. The thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water. The solvent was removed, and 100 ml of methanol and 100 ml of 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution were added to the residue and agitated for an hour. Methanol was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue. The thus obtained organic phase was washed with saturated saline twice. The solvent was distilled off, and the thus obtained solid was washed with hexane. The resultant solid was dissolved in 100 ml of methanol, and 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide was added to the solution and agitated for two hours. The solvent was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue. The thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water. The solvent was removed, and the residue was purified through a silica gel column, thereby obtaining 9.9 g of compound A1-16.
- (17) Synthesis of Compound A1-17
- At −20° C., 9.0 g of 2,2-difluoro-2-(fluorosulfonyl)acetyl fluoride was dropped into a solution obtained by dissolving 17.0 g of 2,4,6-tricyclohexylaniline and 10.0 g of triethylamine in 200 ml of dimethylacetamide. After the completion of dropping, the mixture was agitated at −20° C. for an hour and further at room temperature for 30 minutes, and 500 ml of dilute hydrochloric acid and 500 ml of ethyl acetate were added thereto. The thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water. The solvent was removed, and 100 ml of methanol and 100 ml of 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution were added to the residue and agitated for an hour. Methanol was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue. The thus obtained organic phase was washed with saturated saline twice. The solvent was distilled off, and the thus obtained solid was washed with hexane. The resultant solid was dissolved in 100 ml of methanol, and 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide was added to the solution and agitated for two hours. The solvent was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue. The thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water. The solvent was removed, and the residue was purified through a silica gel column, thereby obtaining 11.8 g of compound A1-17.
- (18) Synthesis of Compound A1-18
- Compound A1-18 amounting to 5.6 g was obtained in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound A1-12 except that 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide A was changed to 1.2 g of sulfonium salt E mentioned above.
- (19) Synthesis of Compound A1-19
- At −20° C., 15.7 g of 1,1,2,2,3,3-hexafluoropropane-1,3-disulfonyl difluoride was dropped into a solution obtained by dissolving 17.8 g of 2,4,5-tricyclohexylbenzylamine and 10.0 g of triethylamine in 200 ml of dimethylacetamide. The reaction liquid was slowly heated up to room temperature, and agitated for an hour. Subsequently, 500 ml of distilled water and 500 ml of ethyl acetate were added thereto. The thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water. The solvent was removed, and 100 ml of methanol and 100 ml of 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution were added to the residue and agitated for an hour. Methanol was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue. The thus obtained organic phase was washed with saturated saline twice. The solvent was distilled off, and the thus obtained solid was washed with hexane. The resultant solid was dissolved in 100 ml of methanol, and 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide was added to the solution and agitated for two hours. The solvent was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue. The thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water. The solvent was removed, and the residue was purified through a silica gel column, thereby obtaining 10.5 g of compound A1-19.
- (20) Synthesis of Compound A1-20
- Compound A1-20 amounting to 18.5 g was obtained in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound A1-1 except that 20.0 g of 2,4,6-tricyclohexylbromobenzene was changed to 16.0 g of 2,6-dicyclohexylbromobenzene, and except that 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide was changed to 12.4 g of sulfonium salt I shown below.
- (21) Synthesis of Compound A1-97
- First, 10.0 g of 2,4,6-tricyclohexylphenol was dissolved in 400 ml of THF. In a nitrogen atmosphere, 18.7 ml of n-butyllithium (1.65M hexane solution) was added to the solution at 0° C., and agitated at 0° C. for an hour. The resultant reaction solution was dropped into a solution obtained by dissolving 9.28 g of 1,1,2,2,3,3-hexafluoropropane-1,3-disulfonyl difluoride in 100 ml of THF at 0° C. over a period of 30 minutes. After the completion of dropping, the mixture was agitated for 30 minutes, and 100 ml of distilled water and 200 ml of ethyl acetate were added thereto. The thus obtained organic phase was washed with saturated saline twice. The solvent was distilled off, and 100 ml of methanol and 200 ml of 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution were added to the residue and agitated for an hour. Methanol was distilled off, and 200 ml of ethyl acetate was added to the residue. The thus obtained organic phase was washed with saturated saline twice. The solvent was distilled off, and the thus obtained solid was dissolved in 100 ml of methanol. Thereafter, 10.0 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide A was added to the solution and agitated for an hour. The solvent was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue. The thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water. The solvent was distilled off, thereby obtaining 19.5 g of compound A1-97.
- 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ=7.78-7.65 (m, 15H), 6.97 (s, 2H), 2.98 (m, 2H), 2.46 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.15 (m, 30H).
- 19F-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ=−138.6 (t, 2F), −144.5 (t, 2F), −149.0 (s, 2F).
- (22) Synthesis of Compound A1-98
- Compound A1-98 amounting to 17.5 g was obtained in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound A1-97 except that 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide A was changed to 10.0 g of sulfonium salt J, below.
- 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ=7.57 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 3H), 7.42 (t, J=2.1 Hz, 3H), 7.24 (m, 3H), 7.10 (m, 3H), 6.97 (m, 3H), 3.87 (s, 9H), 2.98 (m, 2H), 2.44 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.19 (m, 30H).
- 19F-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ=−138.3 (t, 2F), −144.4 (t, 2F), −148.5 (s, 2F).
- (23) Synthesis of Compound A1-99
- Compound A1-99 amounting to 18.2 g was obtained in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound A1-97 except that 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide A was changed to 10.0 g of sulfonium salt K, below.
- 1H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ=7.72-7.61 (m, 12H), 6.97 (s, 2H), 4.58 (s, 6H), 3.58 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 6H), 2.99 (m, 2H), 2.44 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.19 (m, 30H), 1.25 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 9H).
- (24) Synthesis of Compound A1-100
- Compound A1-100 amounting to 14.9 g was obtained in the same manner as in the synthesis of compound A1-97 except that 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide A was changed to 10.0 g of sulfonium salt L, below.
- (25) Synthesis of Compound A1-115
- First, 10.0 g of 2,4,6-tricyclohexylphenol was dissolved in 400 ml of THF. In a nitrogen atmosphere, 18.7 ml of n-butyllithium (1.65M hexane solution) was added to the solution at 0° C., and agitated at 0° C. for an hour. The resultant reaction solution was dropped into a solution obtained by dissolving 9.28 g of 1,1,2,2,3,3-hexafluoropropane-1,3-disulfonyl difluoride in 100 ml of THF at 0° C. over a period of 30 minutes. After the completion of dropping, the mixture was agitated for 30 minutes, and 10 ml of triethylamine and 4.50 g of trifluorosulfonamide were added thereto. The mixture was agitated at 0° C. for an hour, and 200 ml of distilled water was added thereto. The thus obtained organic phase was washed with saturated saline twice. The solvent was distilled off, and the thus obtained solid was dissolved in 100 ml of methanol. Thereafter, 10 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide A was added to the solution and agitated for two hours. The solvent was distilled off, and the thus obtained solid was dissolved in 100 ml of methanol. Thereafter, 10.0 g of triphenylsulfonium bromide A was added to the solution and agitated for an hour. The solvent was distilled off, and ethyl acetate was added to the residue. The thus obtained organic phase was sequentially washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water. The solvent was distilled off, thereby obtaining 12.5 g of desired compound (A1-115).
- Other acid generators can also be synthesized in the same manner as mentioned above.
- <Preparation of Resist>
- Referring to Table 1 below, with respect to each of the resists, the individual components were dissolved in the solvent, thereby obtaining a solution of 4.0 mass % solid content. This solution was passed through a polytetrafluoroethylene filter of 0.03 μm pore size, thereby obtaining a positive resist solution. The thus obtained positive resist solutions were evaluated by the following methods, and the results are given in Table 1.
- <Evaluation of Resist>
- An organic antireflection film ARC29A (produced by Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was applied onto a silicon wafer and baked at 205° C. for 60 seconds, thereby forming a 78 nm-thick antireflection film. Each of the prepared positive resist compositions was applied thereonto and baked at 130° C. for 60 seconds, thereby forming a 120 nm-thick resist film. The resultant wafer was exposed through a 6% half-tone mask of 75 nm 1:1 line and space pattern by means of an ArF excimer laser scanner (manufactured by ASML, PAS5500/1100, NA0.75). Thereafter, the exposed wafer was baked at 130° C. for 60 seconds, developed with an aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (2.38 mass %) for 30 seconds, rinsed with pure water and spin dried, thereby obtaining a resist pattern.
- [Sensitivity, Resolution (γ)]
- Surface exposure was carried out while changing the exposure amount by 0.5 mJ at a time within the range of 10 to 40 mJ/cm2, and the exposed film was baked at 110° C. for 90 seconds. Thereafter, using a 2.38 mass % aqueous tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) solution, the dissolution rate at each of the exposure amounts was measured, thereby obtaining a sensitivity curve.
- The sensitivity was defined as the exposure amount in which the dissolution rate of the resist was saturated on the sensitivity curve. Further, the dissolution contrast (γ value) was calculated from the gradient of the straight line portion of the sensitivity curve. The larger the γ value, the more favorable the dissolution contrast and the greater the advantage in resolution.
- [Line Edge Roughness (LER)]
- In the measurement of line edge roughness (nm), a 75 nm line and space (1/1) pattern was observed by means of a critical dimension scanning electron microscope (SEM, model S-8840 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). In a 2 μm region along the longitudinal direction of the line pattern, the distances of actual edges from a reference line on which edges were to be present were measured on 50 points by the scanning electron microscope. The standard deviation of measurements was determined, and 3σ was computed therefrom. The smaller the value thereof, the more favorable the performance exhibited.
- [Pattern Profile]
- The optimum exposure amount was defined as the exposure amount that reproduced a line-and-space (L/S=1/1) mask pattern of 75 nm line width. The profile realized in the optimum exposure amount was observed by means of a scanning electron microscope (SEM).
- [Aging Stability]
- Each of the resist compositions was stored at room temperature for a month. The degree of sensitivity change by the storage was evaluated on the following judgment criteria.
- (Judgment Criteria)
- ∘: when the observed sensitivity change was less than 1 mJ/cm2,
- Δ: when the observed sensitivity change was in the range of 1 to 3 mJ/cm2, and
- x: when the observed sensitivity change was greater than 3 mJ/cm2.
- The obtained measurement results are given in Table 1 below.
-
TABLE 1 (ArF: positive) Acid generator Basic Solvent Configuration (A1) Resin (B) compound Surfactant [mass Sensitivity LER of Aging (0.72 mmol) (9.6 g) (0.02 g) (0.1 mass %) ratio] (mJ/cm2) Resolution γ (nm) pattern stability Ex. 1A A1-1 RA-2 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 21.0 6.2 4.0 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 2A A1-2 RA-2 C-1 W-1 A2/B2 22.0 6.2 4.5 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 3A A1-3 RA-2 C-1 W-1 A3/B1 21.0 6.2 4.5 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 4A A1-4 RA-2 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 24.0 6.1 4.2 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 5A A1-5 RA-3 C-1 W-2 A1/B1 20.0 5.5 4.0 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 6A A1-6 RA-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 22.0 6.5 4.2 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 7A A1-7 RA-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 22.0 6.5 4.2 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 8A A1-8 RA-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 22.0 6.5 4.2 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 9A A1-9 RA-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 23.0 6.5 4.2 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 10A A1-19 RA-2 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 25.5 6.1 4.3 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 11A A1-11 RA-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 23.0 6.4 4.1 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 12A A1-12 RA-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 24.0 6.3 4.3 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 13A A1-13 RA-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 22.5 6.2 4.1 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 14A A1-14 RA-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 24.5 6.5 4.3 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 15A A1-15 RA-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 22.5 6.4 4.4 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 16A A1-16 RA-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 23.5 6.1 4.3 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 17A A1-17 RA-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 24.5 6.2 4.2 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 18A A1-18 RA-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 22.5 6.1 4.1 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 19A A1-97 RA-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 20.5 6.4 4.0 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 20A A1-115 RA-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 20.0 6.5 4.0 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Comp. 1A Comparative RA-2 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 28.0 4.3 6.0 Taper Δ compound 1 [6/4] Comp. 2A Comparative RA-2 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 28.0 5.2 5.5 Taper Δ compound 2 [6/4] Comp. 3A Comparative RA-2 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 27.0 5.2 5.5 Taper Δ compound 3 [6/4] Comp. 4A Comparative RA-2 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 30.0 5.2 5.5 Taper Δ compound 4 [6/4] Comp. 5A Comparative RA-2 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 26.5 6.2 5.6 Taper Δ compound 5 [6/4] Comp. 6A Comparative RA-2 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 28.5 5.2 5.8 Taper Δ compound 6 [6/4] - The employed components are as follows.
- [Acid Generator]
- The acid generators (A1) are those mentioned hereinbefore by way of example. The structures of comparative compounds 1 to 6 are shown below.
- [Resin (B)]
- Any of resins (RA-1) to (RA-4) shown below was used as resin (B). In the following formulae, the numerics appearing on the right side of individual repeating units indicate a molar ratio of repeating units. Mw means the weight average molecular weight, and Mw/Mn means the molecular weight dispersity.
- [Basic Compound]
- The following compounds C-1 to C-3 were used as the basic compound.
- C-1: 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole,
- C-2: tetrabutylammonium hydroxide, and
- C-3: 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-ene.
- [Surfactant]
- The following surfactants W-1 to W-4 were used.
- W-1: Megafac F176 (produced by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc.; fluorinated),
- W-2: Megafac R08 (produced by Dainippon Ink & Chemicals, Inc.; fluorinated and siliconized),
- W-3: polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (produced by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.; siliconized), and
- W-4: Troy Sol S-366 (produced by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd.; fluorinated).
- [Solvent]
- The following solvents A1 to A4 and B1 and B2 were used. These solvents were used in appropriate combination.
- A1: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate,
- A2: 2-heptanone,
- A3: cyclohexanone,
- A4: γ-butyrolactone,
- B1: propylene glycol monomethyl ether, and
- B2: ethyl acetate.
- It is apparent from the results of Table 1 that in the employment of ArF exposure, the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention excels in all of the sensitivity, resolution, pattern profile, LER and aging stability.
- A resist solution was prepared in the same manner as in Example A except that 0.06 g of polymer shown below was added to the composition of Example 1A. The resist solution was applied in the same manner, thereby obtaining a resist film. The obtained resist film was patternwise exposed through an immersion liquid (pure water) by means of an ArF excimer laser liquid immersion scanner (manufactured by ASML, XT1700i, NA1.20), and pattern formation was carried out in the same manner as in Example A. It was ascertained that with respect to the obtained patterns, similar evaluation results were obtained in all of the sensitivity, resolution (γ), LER, pattern configuration and aging stability.
- Weight average molecular weight 4500; dispersity 1.4
- <Preparation of Resist>
- Referring to Table 2 below, with respect to each of the resists, the individual components were dissolved in the solvent and passed through a polytetrafluoroethylene filter of 0.1 μm pore size, thereby obtaining a positive resist solution of 8 mass % solid content.
- <Evaluation of Resist>
- Each of the obtained positive resist solutions was uniformly applied onto a silicon substrate having undergone a hexamethyldisilazane treatment by means of a spin coater, and heated and dried on a hot plate at 120° C. for 90 seconds, thereby obtaining a 0.4 μm-thick resist film.
- Each of the obtained resist films was patternwise exposed through a line-and-space mask by means of a KrF excimer laser stepper (NA=0.63). Immediately after the exposure, the resist film was baked on a hot plate at 110° C. for 90 seconds. Thereafter, the resist film was developed with a 2.38 mass % aqueous tetramethylammonium hydroxide solution at 23° C. for 60 seconds, rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds and dried. Thus, an intended line pattern was obtained.
- [Sensitivity, Resolution (γ)]
- Surface exposure was carried out while changing the exposure amount by 0.5 mJ at a time within the range of 10 to 40 mJ/cm2, and the exposed film was baked at 110° C. for 90 seconds. Thereafter, using a 2.38 mass % aqueous tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) solution, the dissolution rate at each of the exposure amounts was measured, thereby obtaining a sensitivity curve.
- The sensitivity was defined as the exposure amount in which the dissolution rate of the resist was saturated on the sensitivity curve. Further, the dissolution contrast (γ value) was calculated from the gradient of the straight line portion of the sensitivity curve. The larger the γ value, the more favorable the dissolution contrast and the greater the advantage in resolution.
- [Line Edge Roughness (LER)]
- In the measurement of line edge roughness (nm), a 200 nm line and space (1/1) pattern was observed by means of a critical dimension scanning electron microscope (SEM, model S-8840 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). In a 5 μm region along the longitudinal direction of the line pattern, the distances of actual edges from a reference line on which edges were to be present were measured on 50 points by the scanning electron microscope. The standard deviation of measurements was determined, and 36 was computed therefrom. The smaller the value thereof, the more favorable the performance exhibited.
- [Pattern Profile]
- The optimum exposure amount was defined as the exposure amount that reproduced a line-and-space (L/S=1/1) mask pattern of 0.20 μm line width. The profile realized in the optimum exposure amount was observed by means of a scanning electron microscope (SEM).
- [Aging Stability]
- Each of the resist compositions was stored at room temperature for a month. The degree of sensitivity change by the storage was evaluated on the following judgment criteria.
- (Judgment Criteria)
- ∘: when the observed sensitivity change was less than 1 mJ/cm2,
- Δ: when the observed sensitivity change was in the range of 1 to 3 mJ/cm2, and
- x: when the observed sensitivity change was greater than 3 mJ/cm2.
- The obtained measurement results are given in Table 2 below.
-
TABLE 2 (KrF: positive) Acid Acid generator generator Basic Solvent Configuration (A1) (A2) Resin (B) compound Surfactant [mass Sensitivity LER of Aging (0.60 mmol) (0.15 mmol) (10 g) (0.02 g) (0.1 mass %) ratio] (mJ/cm2) Resolution γ (nm) pattern stability Ex. 1C A1-1 — R-18 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 17.0 8.3 3.1 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 2C A1-2 — R-18 C-1 W-1 A2/B2 18.0 6.2 4.1 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 3C A1-3 — R-18 C-1 W-1 A3/B1 20.0 6.8 4.3 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 4C A1-4 — R-18 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 19.5 6.6 4.1 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 5C A1-5 — R-18 C-1 W-2 A1/B1 21.0 7.1 3.3 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 6C A1-6 — R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 18.0 7.2 3.6 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 7C A1-20 — R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 17.5 7.4 3.9 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 8C A1-77 — R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 19.0 7.3 3.5 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 9C A1-83 — R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 20.5 7.0 3.7 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 10C A1-10 — R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 20.0 7.0 3.6 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 11C A1-11 — R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 21.5 6.8 3.9 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 12C A1-12 — R-18 C-2 W-4 A1/B1 21.5 6.4 3.9 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 13C A1-13 — R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 19.0 7.0 3.7 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 14C A1-14 — R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 18.5 7.4 3.6 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 15C A1-15 — R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 18.5 7.2 3.5 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 16C A1-16 Z R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 17.5 7.3 3.6 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 17C A1-97 — R-8 C-2 W-1 A1/B1 16.0 8.0 3.2 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 18C A1-98 — R-14 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 18.5 8.1 3.0 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 19C A1-99 — R-17 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 19.0 8.1 3.1 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Ex. 20C A1-100 — R-19 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 19.5 8.0 3.1 Rectangle ◯ [6/4] Comp. 1C Comparative — R-18 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 21.0 4.5 6.5 Taper Δ compound 1 [6/4] Comp. 2C Comparative — R-18 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 22.0 4.0 7.0 Taper Δ compound 2 [6/4] Comp. 3C Comparative — R-18 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 24.0 4.2 7.2 Taper Δ compound 3 [6/4] Comp. 4C Comparative — R-18 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 23.0 4.5 7.1 Taper Δ compound 4 [6/4] - The employed acid generators (A1), basic compounds, surfactants and solvents had been appropriately selected from among those mentioned hereinbefore.
- The jointly used acid generator (A2) was compound Z shown below.
- The employed resins (B) had been appropriately selected from among the resins (R-1) to (R-30) mentioned hereinbefore by way of example. The molar ratio of individual repeating units and weight average molecular weight of each of the resins (R-8), (R-14), (R-17), (R-18) and (R-19) appearing in Table 2 and the following tables are as indicated in Table 3 below.
-
TABLE 3 Molar ratio of repeating units Weight (corresponding to individual average repeating units in order from the molecular Resin left in each structural formula) weight (Mw) R-8 20/60/20 12000 R-14 15/60/25 12000 R-17 80/20 15000 R-18 75/25 10000 R-19 60/20/20 12000 - It is apparent from the results of Table 2 that in the employment of KrF exposure, the composition of the present invention excels in the sensitivity, resolution, LER, pattern configuration and aging stability. Namely, it is apparent that the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention exhibits excellent performance as a positive resist composition for use in KrF excimer laser exposure.
- <Preparation of Resist>
- Referring to Table 4 below, with respect to each of the resists, the individual components were dissolved in the solvent and passed through a polytetrafluoroethylene filter of 0.1 μm pore size, thereby obtaining a positive resist solution of 4 mass % solid content.
- (Evaluation of Resist)
- Each of the prepared positive resist solutions was uniformly applied onto a silicon substrate having undergone a hexamethyldisilazane treatment by means of a spin coater, and heated and dried on a hot plate at 120° C. for 60 seconds, thereby obtaining a 0.12 μm-thick resist film.
- Each of the resist films was irradiated with electron beams by means of an electron beam projection lithography system (acceleration voltage 100 KeV) manufactured by Nikon Corporation. Immediately after the irradiation, the film was baked on a hot plate at 120° C. for 90 seconds. Thereafter, the baked film was developed with a 2.38 mass % aqueous tetramethylammonium hydroxide solution at 23° C. for 60 seconds. After the development, the film was rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds and dried. Thus, a line-and-space pattern was formed.
- [Sensitivity]
- Each of the obtained patterns was observed by means of a scanning electron microscope (model S-9220 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). The sensitivity (Eo) was defined as the electron beam irradiation amount in which 0.10 μm (line:space=1:1) was resolved.
- [Resolution]
- The resolution (dense) was defined as the limiting resolving power of 1:1 line space (minimum line width at which the line and space were separated and resolved from each other) in the exposure amount exhibiting the above sensitivity.
- [Line Edge Roughness (LER)]
- LER was evaluated by the same method as in Example A.
- [Outgas Performance: Ratio of Change in Film Thickness by Exposure]
- Exposure to electron beams was carried out in the exposure amount equal to 2.0 times the exposure amount realizing the above sensitivity. The film thickness after the exposure but before postbake was measured, and the ratio of change from the film thickness before the exposure was calculated by the following formula.
-
Ratio of change in film thickness (%)=[(film thickness before exposure−film thickness after exposure)/(film thickness before exposure)]×100. - [Aging Stability]
- The aging stability was evaluated by the same method as in Example A.
- These evaluation results are given in Table 4 below.
-
TABLE 4 (EB: positive) Acid Acid generator generator Resin Basic Solvent (A1) (A2) (B) compound Surfactant [mass Sensitivity Resolution γ LER Out gas Aging (0.60 mmol) (0.15 mmol) (10 g) (0.02 g) (0.1 mass %) ratio] (μC/cm2) (nm) (nm) (%) stability Ex. 1D A1-1 — R-18 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 13.3 55 3.0 5.8 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 2D A1-2 — R-18 C-1 W-1 A2/B2 13.5 60 4.0 5.6 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 3D A1-3 — R-18 C-1 W-1 A3/B1 14.0 55 4.2 1.5 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 4D A1-4 — R-18 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 13.9 60 4.0 5.8 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 5D A1-5 — R-18 C-1 W-2 A1/B1 14.2 65 3.2 2.5 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 6D A1-6 — R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 13.1 55 3.5 3.5 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 7D A1-7 — R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 13.2 55 3.4 2.9 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 8D A1-8 — R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 13.1 55 3.0 1.8 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 9D A1-9 — R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 13.9 55 3.2 4.5 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 10D A1-10 — R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 14.2 65 3.0 5.9 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 11D A1-11 — R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 14.5 60 3.7 4.0 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 12D A1-12 — R-18 C-2 W-4 A1/B1 15.4 65 4.1 4.5 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 13D A1-13 — R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 14.5 55 3.8 3.9 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 14D A1-14 — R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 13.8 60 3.4 3.3 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 15D A1-15 — R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 13.6 60 3.5 2.2 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 16D A1-16 — R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 14.5 60 3.8 3.5 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 17D A1-1 Z R-8 C-2 W-1 A1/B1 13.1 60 3.1 5.9 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 18D A1-3 — R-14 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 13.4 60 3.2 1.6 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 19D A1-3 — R-17 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 12.8 55 2.9 1.5 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 20D A1-3 — R-19 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 12.7 55 2.8 1.4 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 21D A1-17 — R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 15.1 65 3.3 4.5 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 22D A1-18 — R-18 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 15.5 65 3.5 4.5 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 23D A1-97 — R-14 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 13.5 60 3.2 4.4 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 24D A1-98 — R-14 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 16.5 55 3.1 4.3 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 25D A1-99 — R-14 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 15.5 55 3.2 4.2 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 26D A1-100 — R-14 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 17.5 60 3.3 4.3 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 27D A1-115 — R-14 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 13.5 60 3.1 4.4 ◯ [6/4] Comp. 1D Comparative — R-18 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 18.5 70 6.8 7.8 Δ compound 1 [6/4] Comp. 2D Comparative — R-18 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 19.6 75 6.6 6.2 Δ compound 2 [6/4] Comp. 3D Comparative — R-18 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 20.4 80 6.8 7.5 Δ compound 3 [6/4] Comp. 4D Comparative — R-18 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 20.7 75 7.0 7.9 Δ compound 4 [6/4] - It is apparent from the results of Table 4 that in the employment of electron beam exposure, the composition of the present invention excels in the sensitivity, resolution, LER, out gas performance and aging stability. Namely, it is apparent that the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention exhibits excellent performance as a positive resist composition for use in electron beam exposure.
- <Preparation of Resist>
- Referring to Table 5 below, with respect to each of the resists, the individual components were dissolved in the solvent and passed through a polytetrafluoroethylene filter of 0.1 μm pore size, thereby obtaining a negative resist solution of 4 mass % solid content.
- (Evaluation of Resist)
- Each of the prepared negative resist solutions was uniformly applied onto a silicon substrate having undergone a hexamethyldisilazane treatment by means of a spin coater, and heated and dried on a hot plate at 120° C. for 60 seconds, thereby obtaining a 0.12 μm-thick resist film.
- Each of the resist films was irradiated with electron beams by means of an electron beam projection lithography system (acceleration voltage 100 KeV) manufactured by Nikon Corporation. Immediately after the irradiation, the film was baked on a hot plate at 120° C. for 90 seconds. Thereafter, the baked film was developed with a 2.38 mass % aqueous tetramethylammonium hydroxide solution at 23° C. for 60 seconds. After the development, the film was rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds and dried. Thus, a line-and-space pattern was formed.
- The resists were evaluated in the same manner as described in Example D. The results are given in Table 5 below.
-
TABLE 5 (EB: negative) Acid Acid Cross- generator generator linking Basic Solvent Out (A1) (A2) Resin (C) agent compound Surfactant [mass Sensitivity Resolution γ LER gas Aging (0.60 mmol) (0.15 mmol) (10 g) (3.0 g) (0.02 g) (0.1 mass %) ratio] (μC/cm2) (nm) (nm) (%) stability Ex. 1E A1-1 — P-3 CL-1 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 13.1 55 4.5 5.5 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 2E A1-2 — P-3 CL-1 C-1 W-1 A2/B2 13.3 55 8.8 5.6 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 3E A1-3 — P-3 CL-1 C-2 W-1 A3/B1 14.2 55 4.2 1.5 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 4E A1-4 — P-3 CL-1 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 13.6 60 9.0 5.6 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 5E A1-5 — P-3 CL-1 C-1 W-2 A1/B1 14.3 65 5.5 2.5 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 6E A1-6 — P-3 CL-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 13.1 55 4.9 3.6 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 7E A1-7 — P-3 CL-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 13.5 55 5.1 2.5 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 8E A1-8 — P-3 CL-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 13.3 60 5.1 1.9 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 9E A1-9 — P-3 CL-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 14.2 55 8.9 4.0 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 10E A1-10 — P-3 CL-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 14.5 65 8.9 4.0 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 11E A1-11 — P-3 CL-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 14.0 60 8.5 3.8 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 12E A1-12 — P-3 CL-1 C-2 W-4 A1/B1 15.2 60 8.3 4.1 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 13E A1-13 — P-3 CL-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 14.5 60 7.2 4.2 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 14E A1-14 — P-3 CL-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 13.4 60 5.6 3.5 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 15E A1-15 — P-3 CL-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 13.7 60 5.3 2.5 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 16E A1-16 — P-3 CL-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 15.0 60 7.5 4.3 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 17E A1-1 Z P-2 CL-3 C-2 W-1 A1/B1 13.5 60 6.6 6.1 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 18E A1-3 — P-3 CL-2 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 12.8 65 4.1 1.6 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 19E A1-3 — P-1 CL-1 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 12.8 55 4.2 1.2 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 20E A1-3 — P-3 CL-1 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 12.9 55 4.0 1.1 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 21E A1-97 — P-2 CL-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 12.8 60 4.5 3.4 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 22E A1-98 — P-2 CL-1 C-1 W-4 A1/B1 13.1 55 4.4 3.6 ◯ [6/4] Comp. 1E Comparative — P-3 CL-1 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 18.3 65 11.4 7.5 Δ compound 1 [6/4] Comp. 2E Comparative — P-3 CL-1 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 19.5 75 10.6 6.2 Δ compound 2 [6/4] Comp. 3E Comparative — P-3 CL-1 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 20.4 75 15.7 7.1 Δ compound 3 [6/4] Comp. 4E Comparative — P-3 CL-1 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 20.5 75 15.9 7.5 Δ compound 4 [6/4] - The structure, molecular weight and molecular weight distribution of each of alkali-soluble resins (C) and the structure of each of acid crosslinking agents are shown below.
- VP-5000 produced by Nippon Soda Co., Ltd.
- It is apparent from the results of Table 5 that in the employment of electron beam exposure, the composition of the present invention excels in the sensitivity, resolution, LER, out gas performance and aging stability. Namely, it is apparent that the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention exhibits excellent performance as a negative resist composition for use in electron beam exposure.
- <Preparation of Resist>
- Referring to Table 6 below, with respect to each of the resists, the individual components were dissolved in the solvent and passed through a polytetrafluoroethylene filter of 0.1 μm pore size, thereby obtaining a positive resist solution of 4 mass % solid content.
- (Evaluation of Resist)
- Each of the prepared positive resist solutions was uniformly applied onto a silicon substrate having undergone a hexamethyldisilazane treatment by means of a spin coater, and heated and dried on a hot plate at 120° C. for 60 seconds, thereby obtaining a 0.12 μm-thick resist film.
- Each of the resist films was irradiated with EUV by means of EUV exposure device (wavelength 13 nm). Immediately after the irradiation, the film was baked on a hot plate at 120° C. for 90 seconds. Thereafter, the baked film was developed with a 2.38 mass % aqueous tetramethylammonium hydroxide solution at 23° C. for 60 seconds. After the development, the film was rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds and dried. Thus, a line-and-space pattern (line:space=1:1) was formed.
- [Sensitivity]
- Each of the obtained patterns was observed by means of a scanning electron microscope (model S-9220 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.). The sensitivity (Eo) was defined as the irradiation amount in which 0.10 μm (line:space=1:1) was resolved.
- [Line Edge Roughness (LER)]
- A 50 nm line pattern (L/S=1/1) was formed in the exposure amount exhibiting the above sensitivity. By means of a scanning electron microscope (model S-9220, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.), the distance between actual edge and a reference line on which edges were to be present was measured on arbitrary 30 points within 50 μm in the longitudinal direction of the pattern. The standard deviation of measured distances was determined, and 3σ was computed therefrom.
- [Outgas Performance: Ratio of Change in Film Thickness by Exposure]
- The ratio of change in film thickness by EUV exposure was determined in the same manner as described above with respect to the method of evaluating outgas performance in Example D.
- [Aging Stability]
- The aging stability was evaluated by the same method as in Example A.
- These evaluation results are given in Table 6 below.
-
TABLE 6 (EUV: positive) Acid generator Basic Solvent Out (A1) Resin (B) compound Surfactant [mass Sensitivity LER gas Aging (0.60 mmol) (10 g) (0.02 g) (0.1 mass %) ratio] (mJ/cm2) (nm) (%) stability Ex. 1F A1-1 R-18 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 11.6 4.6 5.8 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 2F A1-12 R-18 C-1 W-1 A2/B2 11.8 4.7 5.4 ◯ [6/4] Ex. 3F A1-98 R-18 C-1 W-1 A2/B2 11.6 4.5 5.5 ◯ [6/4] Comp. 1F Comparative R-18 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 13.8 7.5 7.9 Δ compound 1 [6/4] Comp. 2F Comparative R-18 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 15.2 6.8 6.0 Δ compound 2 [6/4] Comp. 3F Comparative R-18 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 14.2 7.2 7.0 Δ compound 3 [6/4] Comp. 4F Comparative R-18 C-1 W-1 A1/B1 13.9 7.5 7.8 Δ compound 4 [6/4] - It is apparent from the results of Table 6 that in the employment of EUV exposure, the composition of the present invention excels in the sensitivity, LER, out gas performance and aging stability. Namely, it is apparent that the actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention exhibits excellent performance as a positive resist composition for use in EUV exposure.
Claims (18)
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2009227030 | 2009-09-30 | ||
| JP2009-227030 | 2009-09-30 | ||
| JP2010030630A JP5675125B2 (en) | 2009-09-30 | 2010-02-15 | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and pattern formation method using the photosensitive composition |
| JP2010-030630 | 2010-02-15 |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| US20110076615A1 true US20110076615A1 (en) | 2011-03-31 |
| US8940471B2 US8940471B2 (en) | 2015-01-27 |
Family
ID=43780779
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US12/895,300 Active 2031-11-11 US8940471B2 (en) | 2009-09-30 | 2010-09-30 | Actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition and method of forming pattern using the composition |
Country Status (4)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (1) | US8940471B2 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP5675125B2 (en) |
| KR (1) | KR101774311B1 (en) |
| TW (1) | TWI486327B (en) |
Cited By (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20110189609A1 (en) * | 2010-01-29 | 2011-08-04 | Fujifilm Corporation | Actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition and method of forming pattern using the composition |
| US20120164579A1 (en) * | 2010-12-24 | 2012-06-28 | Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited | Salt, photoresist composition and process for producing photoresist pattern |
| US20130136900A1 (en) * | 2011-11-29 | 2013-05-30 | Fujifilm Corporation | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, and electronic device, each using the composition |
| CN103819378A (en) * | 2012-11-19 | 2014-05-28 | 锦湖石油化学株式会社 | Photoacid generator and resist composition comprising the same |
| US20150044509A1 (en) * | 2012-04-19 | 2015-02-12 | Basf Se | Sulfonium compounds, their preparation and use |
| US9958775B2 (en) | 2012-07-09 | 2018-05-01 | Fujifilm Corporation | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, mask blanks including actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method and photomask |
Families Citing this family (17)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| KR101796331B1 (en) | 2010-01-29 | 2017-11-09 | 제이에스알 가부시끼가이샤 | Radiation-sensitive resin composition |
| WO2012018097A1 (en) * | 2010-08-06 | 2012-02-09 | Jsr株式会社 | Radiation-sensitive resin composition |
| JP5775754B2 (en) * | 2011-06-28 | 2015-09-09 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Pattern forming method and electronic device manufacturing method |
| JP5741289B2 (en) * | 2011-07-27 | 2015-07-01 | Jsr株式会社 | Photoresist composition |
| JP6175777B2 (en) * | 2012-01-25 | 2017-08-09 | 住友化学株式会社 | Salt, resist composition and method for producing resist pattern |
| JP5830503B2 (en) * | 2012-09-15 | 2015-12-09 | ローム アンド ハース エレクトロニック マテリアルズ エルエルシーRohm and Haas Electronic Materials LLC | Acid generator compound and photoresist containing the same |
| WO2014046097A1 (en) * | 2012-09-21 | 2014-03-27 | Jsr株式会社 | Photoresist composition, method for forming resist pattern, and acid generator |
| TW201608335A (en) * | 2014-08-25 | 2016-03-01 | 富士軟片股份有限公司 | Actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, resist coated mask blanks, photomask, method for manufacturing electronic device and electronic device |
| JP6902831B2 (en) * | 2016-06-21 | 2021-07-14 | 東京応化工業株式会社 | Resist composition, resist pattern forming method and compound |
| JP7197988B2 (en) * | 2017-03-28 | 2022-12-28 | 住友化学株式会社 | Salt, acid generator, resist composition and method for producing resist pattern |
| JP6973279B2 (en) * | 2017-06-14 | 2021-11-24 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | Resist material and pattern forming method |
| JP7356315B2 (en) * | 2018-10-09 | 2023-10-04 | 住友化学株式会社 | Salt, acid generator, resist composition, and method for producing resist pattern |
| JP7192589B2 (en) * | 2019-03-12 | 2022-12-20 | Jsr株式会社 | Radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist pattern forming method, and radiation-sensitive acid generator |
| JP7742245B2 (en) * | 2020-06-26 | 2025-09-19 | 住友化学株式会社 | Salt, acid generator, resist composition and method for producing resist pattern |
| KR20230091697A (en) * | 2021-12-16 | 2023-06-23 | 주식회사 동진쎄미켐 | Novel photoacid generator, photoresist composition, preparation method for photoresist pattern using the same |
| CN114409575A (en) * | 2021-12-30 | 2022-04-29 | 同济大学 | Phenol-derived photoacid generator and preparation method and application thereof |
| JP2024124118A (en) * | 2023-03-02 | 2024-09-12 | 三菱マテリアル電子化成株式会社 | Method for producing fluoroalkyl compounds, fluoroalkylating agents, and methods for producing fluoroalkylating agents |
Citations (13)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20030113658A1 (en) * | 2001-06-29 | 2003-06-19 | Satoshi Ebata | Acid generator, sulfonic acid, sulfonic acid derivatives and radiation-sensitive resin composition |
| US6680157B1 (en) * | 2000-10-12 | 2004-01-20 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Resist methods and materials for UV and electron-beam lithography with reduced outgassing |
| US6749987B2 (en) * | 2000-10-20 | 2004-06-15 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Positive photosensitive composition |
| US20060040203A1 (en) * | 2004-02-16 | 2006-02-23 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Photosensitive composition, compound for use in the photosensitive composition, and method of pattern formation with the photosensitive composition |
| US20060172228A1 (en) * | 2005-01-28 | 2006-08-03 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Photosensitive composition, compound for use in the photosensitive composition and pattern forming method using the photosensitive composition |
| US7105267B2 (en) * | 2001-08-24 | 2006-09-12 | Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. | Resist compositions and patterning process |
| US20070042290A1 (en) * | 2005-08-19 | 2007-02-22 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Positive resist composition for immersion exposure and pattern-forming method using the same |
| US20070141512A1 (en) * | 2005-12-21 | 2007-06-21 | Fujifilm Corporation | Photosensitive composition, pattern-forming method using the photosensitve composition and compound in the photosensitive composition |
| WO2008153110A1 (en) * | 2007-06-12 | 2008-12-18 | Fujifilm Corporation | Resist composition for negative working-type development, and method for pattern formation using the resist composition |
| WO2008153109A1 (en) * | 2007-06-12 | 2008-12-18 | Fujifilm Corporation | Resist composition for negative development and method of forming pattern therewith |
| US20090274978A1 (en) * | 2008-05-01 | 2009-11-05 | Masaki Ohashi | Novel photoacid generator, resist composition, and patterning process |
| US20100233617A1 (en) * | 2007-09-21 | 2010-09-16 | Fujifilm Corporation | Photosensitive composition, pattern forming method using the photosensitive composition and compound for use in the photosensitive composition |
| US20120100481A1 (en) * | 2009-07-31 | 2012-04-26 | Fujifilm Corporation | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition and pattern forming method using the same |
Family Cites Families (9)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP4150509B2 (en) | 2000-11-20 | 2008-09-17 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Positive photosensitive composition |
| JP4262402B2 (en) | 2000-10-20 | 2009-05-13 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Positive resist composition |
| AU2002239563A1 (en) | 2000-11-03 | 2002-06-03 | Shipley Company, L.L.C. | Photoacid generators and photoresists comprising same |
| JP4054978B2 (en) | 2001-08-24 | 2008-03-05 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | Resist material and pattern forming method |
| EP1480078A1 (en) | 2003-05-21 | 2004-11-24 | ASML Netherlands B.V. | Method for coating a substrate for EUV lithography and substrate with photoresist layer |
| JP4443898B2 (en) * | 2003-11-13 | 2010-03-31 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Photosensitive composition and pattern forming method using the same |
| JP4491335B2 (en) * | 2004-02-16 | 2010-06-30 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Photosensitive composition, compound used for photosensitive composition, and pattern formation method using the photosensitive composition |
| JP4895376B2 (en) * | 2005-12-21 | 2012-03-14 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Photosensitive composition, pattern forming method using the photosensitive composition, and compound in the photosensitive composition |
| JP5245326B2 (en) * | 2006-08-22 | 2013-07-24 | 住友化学株式会社 | Salt for acid generator of chemically amplified resist composition |
-
2010
- 2010-02-15 JP JP2010030630A patent/JP5675125B2/en active Active
- 2010-09-29 TW TW099133017A patent/TWI486327B/en active
- 2010-09-30 KR KR1020100095050A patent/KR101774311B1/en active Active
- 2010-09-30 US US12/895,300 patent/US8940471B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (18)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US6680157B1 (en) * | 2000-10-12 | 2004-01-20 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Resist methods and materials for UV and electron-beam lithography with reduced outgassing |
| US6749987B2 (en) * | 2000-10-20 | 2004-06-15 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Positive photosensitive composition |
| US20030113658A1 (en) * | 2001-06-29 | 2003-06-19 | Satoshi Ebata | Acid generator, sulfonic acid, sulfonic acid derivatives and radiation-sensitive resin composition |
| US7105267B2 (en) * | 2001-08-24 | 2006-09-12 | Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. | Resist compositions and patterning process |
| US7449573B2 (en) * | 2004-02-16 | 2008-11-11 | Fujifilm Corporation | Photosensitive composition, compound for use in the photosensitive composition, and method of pattern formation with the photosensitive composition |
| US20060040203A1 (en) * | 2004-02-16 | 2006-02-23 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Photosensitive composition, compound for use in the photosensitive composition, and method of pattern formation with the photosensitive composition |
| US20090075202A1 (en) * | 2004-02-16 | 2009-03-19 | Fujifilm Corporation | Photosensitive composition, compound for use in the photosensitive composition, and method of pattern formation with the photosensitive composition |
| US20060172228A1 (en) * | 2005-01-28 | 2006-08-03 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Photosensitive composition, compound for use in the photosensitive composition and pattern forming method using the photosensitive composition |
| US20070042290A1 (en) * | 2005-08-19 | 2007-02-22 | Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. | Positive resist composition for immersion exposure and pattern-forming method using the same |
| US20100310991A1 (en) * | 2005-08-19 | 2010-12-09 | Fujifilm Corporation | Positive resist composition for immersion exposure and pattern-forming method using the same |
| US20070141512A1 (en) * | 2005-12-21 | 2007-06-21 | Fujifilm Corporation | Photosensitive composition, pattern-forming method using the photosensitve composition and compound in the photosensitive composition |
| WO2008153110A1 (en) * | 2007-06-12 | 2008-12-18 | Fujifilm Corporation | Resist composition for negative working-type development, and method for pattern formation using the resist composition |
| WO2008153109A1 (en) * | 2007-06-12 | 2008-12-18 | Fujifilm Corporation | Resist composition for negative development and method of forming pattern therewith |
| US20100167201A1 (en) * | 2007-06-12 | 2010-07-01 | Fujifilm Corporation | Resist composition for negative tone development and pattern forming method using the same |
| US20100190106A1 (en) * | 2007-06-12 | 2010-07-29 | Fujifilm Corporation | Resist composition for negative tone development and pattern forming method using the same |
| US20100233617A1 (en) * | 2007-09-21 | 2010-09-16 | Fujifilm Corporation | Photosensitive composition, pattern forming method using the photosensitive composition and compound for use in the photosensitive composition |
| US20090274978A1 (en) * | 2008-05-01 | 2009-11-05 | Masaki Ohashi | Novel photoacid generator, resist composition, and patterning process |
| US20120100481A1 (en) * | 2009-07-31 | 2012-04-26 | Fujifilm Corporation | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive composition and pattern forming method using the same |
Cited By (9)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US20110189609A1 (en) * | 2010-01-29 | 2011-08-04 | Fujifilm Corporation | Actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition and method of forming pattern using the composition |
| US8962233B2 (en) * | 2010-01-29 | 2015-02-24 | Fujifilm Corporation | Actinic-ray—or radiation-sensitive resin composition and method of forming pattern using the composition |
| US20120164579A1 (en) * | 2010-12-24 | 2012-06-28 | Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited | Salt, photoresist composition and process for producing photoresist pattern |
| US8685617B2 (en) * | 2010-12-24 | 2014-04-01 | Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited | Salt, photoresist composition and process for producing photoresist pattern |
| US20130136900A1 (en) * | 2011-11-29 | 2013-05-30 | Fujifilm Corporation | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, and electronic device, each using the composition |
| US20150044509A1 (en) * | 2012-04-19 | 2015-02-12 | Basf Se | Sulfonium compounds, their preparation and use |
| US9631048B2 (en) * | 2012-04-19 | 2017-04-25 | Basf Se | Sulfonium compounds, their preparation and use |
| US9958775B2 (en) | 2012-07-09 | 2018-05-01 | Fujifilm Corporation | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, mask blanks including actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method and photomask |
| CN103819378A (en) * | 2012-11-19 | 2014-05-28 | 锦湖石油化学株式会社 | Photoacid generator and resist composition comprising the same |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| KR101774311B1 (en) | 2017-09-04 |
| JP2011095700A (en) | 2011-05-12 |
| JP5675125B2 (en) | 2015-02-25 |
| KR20110035976A (en) | 2011-04-06 |
| TWI486327B (en) | 2015-06-01 |
| US8940471B2 (en) | 2015-01-27 |
| TW201127796A (en) | 2011-08-16 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US8940471B2 (en) | Actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition and method of forming pattern using the composition | |
| TWI525070B (en) | Actinic-ray-or radiation-sensitive resin composition and method of forming pattern using the composition | |
| US8900791B2 (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and method of forming pattern with the composition | |
| US9323150B2 (en) | Actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive film therefrom and method of forming pattern | |
| JP5719612B2 (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and pattern forming method using the same | |
| US9152047B2 (en) | Actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-or radiation-sensitive film therefrom, method of forming pattern, process for manufacturing semiconductor device, semiconductor device and compound | |
| JP5572404B2 (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and pattern forming method using the same | |
| US8795945B2 (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and resist film and pattern forming method using the same | |
| JP5658961B2 (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and pattern forming method | |
| US8642245B2 (en) | Actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition and method of forming a pattern using the same | |
| JP2011242546A (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition for exposure by x-ray, electron beam or euv light and resist film and pattern forming method using the composition | |
| US8741542B2 (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, film formed using the composition and pattern forming method using the same | |
| JP2011075827A (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition and pattern forming method using the same | |
| JP5799137B2 (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and pattern formation method using the composition | |
| KR101724563B1 (en) | Actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray- or radiation-sensitive film, photomask blank and method of forming pattern | |
| KR101580882B1 (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film and pattern forming method, each using the same | |
| JP5789705B2 (en) | Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, and pattern formation method using the composition |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| AS | Assignment |
Owner name: FUJIFILM CORPORATION, JAPAN Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:KAWABATA, TAKESHI;TSUCHIMURA, TOMOTAKA;ITO, TAKAYUKI;REEL/FRAME:025088/0179 Effective date: 20100929 |
|
| STCF | Information on status: patent grant |
Free format text: PATENTED CASE |
|
| FEPP | Fee payment procedure |
Free format text: PAYOR NUMBER ASSIGNED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: ASPN); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY |
|
| MAFP | Maintenance fee payment |
Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1551) Year of fee payment: 4 |
|
| MAFP | Maintenance fee payment |
Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 8TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1552); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY Year of fee payment: 8 |